]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #16777 from DaanDeMeyer/kernel-install-followup
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 246:
4
5 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
6 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
7 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
8
9 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
10 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
11
12 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
13 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
14 based on the NUMA mask.
15
16 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
17 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
18 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
19
20 * Two new unit file settings
21 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
22 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
23 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
24 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
25
26 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
27 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
28 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
29 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
30 instance).
31
32 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
33 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
34 service's processes shall include.
35
36 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
37 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
38 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
39 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
40
41 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
42 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
43 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
44 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
45 depending on socket type.
46
47 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
48 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
49 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
50 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
51 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
52 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
53 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
54 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
55 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
56 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
57
58 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
59 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
60 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
61 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
62 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
63 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
64 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
65 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
66
67 * .service unit files gained two new options
68 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
69 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
70 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
71
72 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
73 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
74 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
75 prefix is used.
76
77 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
78 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
79 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
80 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
81 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
82 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
83 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
84 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
85 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
86 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
87 key/certificate parameters support this now.
88
89 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
90 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
91 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
92 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
93 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
94 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
95
96 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
97 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
98 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
99 finally gone now.
100
101 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
102 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
103 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
104 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
105
106 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
107 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
108 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
109 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
110 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
111 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
112 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
113 which is quite likely a major security problem.
114
115 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
116 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
117 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
118 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
119 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
120
121 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
122 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
123 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
124 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
125 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
126
127 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
128 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
129 boot.
130
131 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
132 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
133 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
134 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
135 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
136 device.
137
138 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
139 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
140 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
141
142 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
143 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
144 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
145 conditions.
146
147 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
148 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
149 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
150 in order to make test cases more reliable.
151
152 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
153 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
154 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
155 the process that faulted.
156
157 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
158 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
159 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
160
161 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
162 devices that were tested to currectly support it. Previously, this
163 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
164 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
165 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
166
167 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
168 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
169 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
170 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
171 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
172
173 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
174 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
175 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
176 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
177 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
178
179 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
180 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
181 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
182 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
183 frame ring buffer sizes.
184
185 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
186 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
187
188 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
189 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
190
191 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
192 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
193 automatically assigned to the interface.
194
195 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
196 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
197 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
198 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
199 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
200 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
201 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
202 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
203 mode for Assign=.
204
205 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
206 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
207 source addresses.
208
209 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
210 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
211 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
212 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
213 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
214 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
215 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
216 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
217 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
218 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
219
220 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
221 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
222 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
223 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
224 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
225 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
226 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
227
228 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
229 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
230 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
231 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
232 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
233 the RA packets suggest it.
234
235 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
236 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
237 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
238 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
239
240 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
241 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
242 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
243 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
244 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
245 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
246 field.
247
248 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
249 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
250 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
251 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
252 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
253 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
254
255 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
256 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
257
258 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
259 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
260 the VLAN protocol to use.
261
262 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
263 of the .network files, to control the link group.
264
265 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
266 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
267 link local address is generated.
268
269 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
270 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
271 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
272 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
273 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
274 carefully picking an interface name to use.
275
276 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
277 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
278
279 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
280 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
281
282 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
283 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
284 are still understood to provide compatibility.
285
286 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
287 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
288 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
289 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
290 interfaces up or down.
291
292 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
293 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
294 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
295 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
296 interface may be specified (after "%").
297
298 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
299 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
300 public DNS servers are not used.
301
302 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
303
304 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
305 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
306 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
307 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
308 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
309 defined by systemd-resolved).
310
311 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
312 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
313 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
314
315 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
316 --property=…".
317
318 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
319 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
320 use --plain.
321
322 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
323 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
324 being deprecated in favor of this option.
325
326 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
327 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
328 process itself.
329
330 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
331 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
332 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
333 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
334 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
335 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
336 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
337 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
338 implementations.
339
340 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
341 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
342 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
343 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
344 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
345 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
346 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
347 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
348 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
349
350 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
351 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
352 initialization.
353
354 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
355 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
356 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
357
358 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
359 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
360 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
361 without any decoration.
362
363 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
364 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
365 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
366 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
367 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
368 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
369
370 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
371 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
372 coredump data from.
373
374 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
375 the zstd algorithm.
376
377 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
378 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
379 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
380 not block clean file system unmounting.
381
382 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
383 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
384 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
385
386 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
387 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
388 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
389 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
390
391 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
392 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
393
394 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
395 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
396 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
397 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
398 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
399 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
400 instead of operating on actual block devices.
401
402 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
403 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
404
405 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
406 instead of 0.
407
408 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
409 specifier expansion.
410
411 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
412 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
413 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
414 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
415 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
416
417 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
418 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
419 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
420 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
421 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
422
423 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
424 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
425 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
426 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
427 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
428 --fido2-device= option.
429
430 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
431 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
432 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
433 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
434 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
435 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
436 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
437
438 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
439 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
440 changed from ext2 to ext4.
441
442 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
443 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
444 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
445 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
446 before the system continues to boot.
447
448 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
449 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
450 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
451 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
452 instead of at installation time.
453
454 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
455 volumes with automatically from files in
456 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
457 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
458
459 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
460 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
461
462 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
463 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
464 instance.
465
466 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
467 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
468 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
469 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
470
471 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
472 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
473
474 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
475 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
476 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
477 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
478 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
479 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
480 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
481 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
482 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
483 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
484 incremental).
485
486 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
487 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
488 which it then operates.
489
490 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
491 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
492 directories for various resources.
493
494 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
495 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
496 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
497 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
498 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
499 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
500 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
501 via the new --no-block switch.
502
503 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
504 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
505 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
506 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
507 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
508 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
509 case.
510
511 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
512 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
513 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
514 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
515
516 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
517 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
518 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
519 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
520 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
521
522 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
523 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
524 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
525 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
526 vtable is associated with.
527
528 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
529 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
530 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
531 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
532
533 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
534 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
535 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
536
537 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
538
539 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
540 document the methods, signals and properties.
541
542 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
543 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
544 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
545 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
546 desktops has been added:
547
548 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
549 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
550 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
551
552 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
553 and has now moved to:
554
555 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
556
557 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
558 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
559 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
560 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
561 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
562 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
563 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
564
565 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
566 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
567 target of the service during runtime.
568
569 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
570 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
571 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
572
573 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
574 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
575 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
576 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
577 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
578 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
579 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
580 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
581 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
582 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
583 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
584 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
585 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
586 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
587 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
588 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
589 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
590 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
591 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
592 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
593 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
594 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
595 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
596 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
597 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
598 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
599 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
600 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
601 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
602 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
603 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
604 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
605 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
606 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
607 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
608 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
609 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
610 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
611
612 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
613
614 CHANGES WITH 245:
615
616 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
617 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
618 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
619 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
620 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
621 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
622 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
623 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
624 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
625 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
626 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
627 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
628 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
629 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
630 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
631 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
632 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
633 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
634 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
635 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
636 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
637
638 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
639 "systemd-userdb.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
640 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
641 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
642 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
643 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
644 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
645 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
646 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
647 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
648 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
649 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
650 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
651 that for the first time resource management and various other
652 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
653 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
654 to apply on login. For further details see:
655
656 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
657 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
658 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
659
660 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
661 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
662 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
663 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
664 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
665 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
666 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
667 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
668 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
669
670 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
671
672 For further details about the format and expectations on home
673 directories this new daemon makes, see:
674
675 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
676
677 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
678 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
679 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
680 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
681 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
682 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
683 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
684 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
685 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
686 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
687 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
688 usage limitations and other settings.
689
690 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
691 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
692 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
693 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
694 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
695 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
696 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
697 resource usage.
698
699 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
700 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
701
702 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
703 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
704 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
705 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
706 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
707
708 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
709 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
710 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
711 itself and the default for all other processes.
712
713 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
714 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
715 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
716 database into account.
717
718 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
719 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
720 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
721 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
722
723 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
724 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
725 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
726 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
727 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
728 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
729 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
730 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
731 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
732 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
733
734 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
735 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
736 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
737 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
738 event source watching it is freed).
739
740 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
741 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
742 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
743 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
744
745 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
746 (IFB) network devices.
747
748 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
749 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
750
751 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
752 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
753 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
754 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
755 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
756 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
757
758 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
759 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
760 with its sense inverted.
761
762 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
763 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
764 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
765
766 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
767 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
768 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
769
770 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
771 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
772 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
773 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
774 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
775 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
776 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
777
778 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
779 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
780 debugging purposes.
781
782 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
783 group named differently than the user.
784
785 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
786 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
787 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
788
789 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
790 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
791 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
792 /etc/fstab.
793
794 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
795 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
796 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
797 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
798
799 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
800 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
801 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
802 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
803
804 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
805 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
806 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
807 Bernard.
808
809 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
810 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
811 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
812 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
813 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
814 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
815 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
816 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
817 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
818 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
819 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
820
821 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
822 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
823 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
824 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
825 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
826 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
827 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
828 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
829 command line option.
830
831 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
832 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
833
834 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
835 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
836 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
837 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
838 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
839 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
840 systemd-timedated.
841
842 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
843 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
844 GPT partition table types.
845
846 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
847 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
848 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
849
850 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
851
852 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
853 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
854 for the respective units.
855
856 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
857 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
858 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
859
860 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
861 "status" output.
862
863 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
864 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
865 disappear.
866
867 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
868 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
869 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
870 address is used.
871
872 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
873 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
874 dropped from the individual setting names.
875
876 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
877 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
878 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
879 such files in version 243.
880
881 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
882 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
883 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
884
885 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
886 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
887 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
888
889 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
890 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
891 with stopping and disablement.
892
893 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
894 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
895 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
896 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
897 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
898 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
899 some internal systemd services (most notably
900 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
901 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
902 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
903 this systemd release. See
904 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
905 additional discussion.
906
907 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
908 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
909 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
910 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
911 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
912 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
913 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
914 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
915 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
916 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
917 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
918 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
919 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
920 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
921 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
922 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
923 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
924 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
925 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
926 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
927 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
928 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
929 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
930 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
931 DONG
932
933 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
934
935 CHANGES WITH 244:
936
937 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
938 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
939 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
940 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
941
942 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
943 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
944 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
945 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
946
947 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
948 units.
949
950 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
951 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
952 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
953 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
954 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
955 set the EFI variable.
956
957 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
958 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
959 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
960 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
961 and overrides the systemd setting.
962
963 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
964 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
965 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
966 effect.)
967
968 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
969 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
970 that affects all corresponding unit files.
971
972 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
973 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
974
975 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
976 the unit being shown.
977
978 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
979 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
980 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
981 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
982 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
983
984 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
985 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
986 which need to use them.
987
988 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
989 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
990 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
991 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
992 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
993 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
994 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
995 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
996 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
997 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
998
999 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
1000 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
1001 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
1002 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
1003 security tokens that were used previously.
1004
1005 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
1006 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
1007 improve power saving with many more devices.
1008
1009 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
1010 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
1011 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
1012
1013 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
1014 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
1015 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
1016 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
1017 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
1018
1019 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
1020 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
1021 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
1022 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
1023 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
1024
1025 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
1026 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
1027
1028 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
1029 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
1030
1031 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
1032 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
1033 now supported.
1034
1035 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
1036 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
1037
1038 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
1039 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
1040 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
1041
1042 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
1043 received from the server.
1044
1045 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
1046 set.
1047
1048 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
1049 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
1050
1051 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
1052 using a new SendOption= setting.
1053
1054 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
1055 service type" value used by the client.
1056
1057 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
1058 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
1059
1060 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
1061 a new SendOption= setting.
1062
1063 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
1064 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
1065
1066 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
1067 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
1068
1069 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
1070 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
1071 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
1072
1073 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
1074 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
1075 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
1076 BSSID for wireless links.
1077
1078 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
1079 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
1080
1081 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
1082 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
1083
1084 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
1085 disciplines in the kernel using the new
1086 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
1087 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
1088 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
1089 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
1090
1091 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
1092
1093 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
1094 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
1095 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
1096 on its own).
1097
1098 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
1099 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
1100 of the present time.
1101
1102 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
1103 reproducible image builds easier).
1104
1105 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
1106 Specification.
1107
1108 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
1109 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
1110 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
1111 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
1112
1113 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
1114 is being used.
1115
1116 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
1117
1118 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
1119 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
1120 path as the system manager.
1121
1122 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
1123 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
1124 representation").
1125
1126 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
1127 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
1128 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
1129 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
1130 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
1131 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
1132 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
1133 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
1134
1135 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
1136 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
1137 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
1138 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
1139 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
1140 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
1141 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
1142 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
1143 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
1144 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1145 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
1146 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
1147 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
1148 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
1149 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
1150 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
1151 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
1152 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
1153 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
1154 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
1155 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
1156 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
1157 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1158
1159 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
1160
1161 CHANGES WITH 243:
1162
1163 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
1164 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
1165 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
1166 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
1167 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
1168 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
1169 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
1170 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
1171
1172 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
1173 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
1174 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
1175 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
1176 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
1177 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
1178 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
1179 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
1180 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
1181 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
1182 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
1183 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
1184 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
1185 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
1186 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
1187 documentation.
1188
1189 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
1190 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
1191 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
1192 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
1193 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
1194 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
1195 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
1196 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
1197 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
1198 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
1199 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
1200 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
1201 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
1202 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
1203 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
1204 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
1205
1206 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
1207 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
1208 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
1209 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
1210
1211 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
1212 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
1213
1214 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
1215 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
1216 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
1217 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
1218 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
1219 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
1220 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
1221 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
1222 caught up with the kernel API changes.
1223
1224 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
1225 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
1226 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
1227 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
1228 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
1229 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
1230 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
1231 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
1232 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
1233 packagers.
1234
1235 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
1236 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
1237
1238 build/man/man systemctl
1239 build/man/html systemd.index
1240
1241 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
1242 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
1243
1244 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
1245 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
1246 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
1247 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
1248 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
1249 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
1250
1251 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
1252 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
1253 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
1254 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
1255 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
1256 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
1257 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
1258 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
1259 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
1260 unambiguously distinguished.
1261
1262 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
1263 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
1264 very rarely used.
1265
1266 To replace this functionality, users should:
1267 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
1268 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
1269 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
1270 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
1271 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
1272
1273 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
1274 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
1275 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
1276 interfaces should really be matched.
1277
1278 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
1279 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
1280 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
1281 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
1282 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
1283 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
1284
1285 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
1286 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
1287 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
1288 stop the whole unit.
1289
1290 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
1291 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
1292 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
1293 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
1294 generated whenever a unit stops.
1295
1296 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
1297 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
1298 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
1299 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
1300
1301 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
1302 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
1303 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
1304 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
1305 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
1306
1307 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
1308 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
1309 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
1310 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
1311 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
1312 programs set up externally.
1313
1314 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
1315 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
1316 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
1317 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
1318
1319 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
1320 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
1321 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
1322 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
1323 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
1324 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
1325 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
1326
1327 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
1328 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
1329 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
1330 as before.
1331
1332 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
1333 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
1334 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
1335 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
1336 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
1337 links on terminals that support that.
1338
1339 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
1340 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
1341 unmounted safely during shutdown.
1342
1343 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
1344
1345 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
1346 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
1347 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
1348 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
1349 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
1350 The default remains unchanged.
1351
1352 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
1353 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
1354
1355 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
1356 udev property.
1357
1358 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
1359 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
1360 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
1361
1362 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
1363 interfaces natively.
1364
1365 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
1366 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
1367 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
1368 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
1369
1370 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
1371 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
1372 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
1373 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
1374 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
1375 RELEASE message when terminating.
1376
1377 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
1378 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
1379
1380 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
1381 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
1382 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
1383 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
1384 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
1385 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
1386 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
1387
1388 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
1389 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
1390 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
1391 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
1392 added to the GENEVE support.
1393
1394 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
1395 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
1396 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
1397 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
1398 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
1399
1400 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
1401 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
1402 onto the network device.
1403
1404 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
1405 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
1406 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
1407 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
1408 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
1409
1410 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
1411 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
1412 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
1413
1414 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
1415 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
1416
1417 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
1418 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
1419
1420 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
1421 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
1422 statistics.
1423
1424 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
1425 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
1426 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
1427
1428 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
1429 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
1430
1431 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
1432 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
1433 specific udev properties.
1434
1435 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
1436 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
1437 "lo" as underlying device.
1438
1439 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
1440 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
1441 IP addresses, too.
1442
1443 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
1444 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
1445 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
1446 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
1447
1448 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
1449 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
1450 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
1451 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
1452
1453 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
1454 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
1455 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
1456
1457 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
1458 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
1459 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
1460
1461 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
1462
1463 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
1464 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
1465 does the same for recurring calendar events.
1466
1467 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
1468 durations as opposed to points in time).
1469
1470 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
1471 expressions.
1472
1473 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
1474 codes to their names and back.
1475
1476 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
1477 file paths and unit aliases.
1478
1479 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
1480 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
1481 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
1482 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
1483
1484 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
1485 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
1486 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
1487 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
1488 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
1489 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
1490 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
1491 udev rules for that purpose.
1492
1493 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
1494 a device to be initialized.
1495
1496 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
1497 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
1498 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
1499
1500 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
1501 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
1502 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
1503 with gcc's cleanup extension.
1504
1505 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
1506 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
1507 with printf().
1508
1509 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
1510 XML introspection data unmodified.
1511
1512 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
1513 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
1514 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
1515 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
1516
1517 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
1518 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
1519 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
1520 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
1521 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
1522 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
1523 configured to handle the watchdog.
1524
1525 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
1526 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
1527 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
1528
1529 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
1530 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
1531 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
1532
1533 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
1534 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
1535 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
1536 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
1537 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
1538
1539 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
1540 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
1541 review.
1542
1543 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
1544 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
1545
1546 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
1547 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
1548
1549 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
1550 failures to apply them are now ignored.
1551
1552 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
1553 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
1554 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
1555 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
1556
1557 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
1558 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
1559 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
1560 service.
1561
1562 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
1563 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
1564 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
1565 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
1566 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
1567 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
1568 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
1569 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
1570 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
1571 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
1572 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
1573 a seed was received from the boot loader.
1574
1575 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
1576
1577 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
1578 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
1579 above.
1580
1581 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
1582 installed.
1583
1584 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
1585 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
1586 bootloader entry).
1587
1588 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
1589 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
1590
1591 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
1592
1593 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
1594 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
1595 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
1596 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
1597 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
1598
1599 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
1600 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
1601 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
1602
1603 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
1604 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
1605
1606 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
1607 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
1608 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
1609
1610 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
1611 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
1612 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
1613 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
1614 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
1615 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
1616 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
1617 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
1618 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
1619 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
1620 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
1621 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
1622 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
1623 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1624 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
1625 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
1626 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
1627 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
1628 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1629 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
1630 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
1631 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
1632 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
1633 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
1634 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
1635 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
1636 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
1637 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
1638 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
1639 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
1640
1641 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
1642
1643 CHANGES WITH 242:
1644
1645 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
1646 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
1647 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
1648 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
1649 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
1650 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
1651 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
1652
1653 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
1654 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
1655
1656 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
1657 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
1658 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
1659 may be used to view this.
1660
1661 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
1662 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
1663 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
1664 ```
1665 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
1666 [Match]
1667 Type=bridge
1668
1669 [Link]
1670 MACAddressPolicy=none
1671 ```
1672
1673 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
1674 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
1675 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
1676 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
1677 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
1678 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
1679 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
1680
1681 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
1682 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
1683
1684 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
1685 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
1686
1687 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
1688 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
1689
1690 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
1691 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
1692 is a USB peripheral).
1693
1694 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
1695 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
1696 measured.
1697
1698 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
1699 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
1700 have privileges to do so).
1701
1702 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
1703 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
1704 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
1705
1706 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
1707 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
1708 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
1709 namespace.
1710
1711 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
1712 in which case environment variable substitution is
1713 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
1714
1715 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
1716 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
1717 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
1718 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
1719 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
1720
1721 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
1722 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
1723 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
1724 installed CPU cores.
1725
1726 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
1727 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
1728 kernel 4.15.
1729
1730 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
1731 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
1732 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
1733 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
1734 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
1735
1736 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
1737 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
1738 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
1739
1740 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
1741 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
1742 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
1743 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
1744 enslaved devices is not operational.
1745
1746 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
1747 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
1748
1749 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
1750 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
1751 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
1752 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
1753 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
1754 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
1755
1756 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
1757 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
1758
1759 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
1760
1761 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
1762 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
1763 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
1764
1765 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
1766 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
1767
1768 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
1769 configure CAN triple sampling.
1770
1771 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
1772 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
1773
1774 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
1775 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
1776 details.
1777
1778 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
1779 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
1780 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
1781 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
1782 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
1783 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
1784
1785 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
1786
1787 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
1788 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
1789 controlling project quota inheritance.
1790
1791 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
1792 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
1793 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
1794 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
1795 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
1796 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
1797 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
1798 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
1799 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
1800 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
1801 partition.
1802
1803 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
1804 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
1805 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
1806 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
1807 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
1808
1809 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
1810 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
1811
1812 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
1813 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
1814 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
1815 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
1816 be used in production yet.
1817
1818 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
1819 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
1820 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
1821 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
1822 input, output, and error are set up.
1823
1824 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
1825
1826 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
1827 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
1828 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
1829
1830 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
1831 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
1832 the specified expression will elapse next.
1833
1834 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
1835 introspection data.
1836
1837 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
1838 the reboot() system call expects.
1839
1840 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
1841 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
1842 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
1843
1844 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
1845 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
1846 ConditionVirtualization=).
1847
1848 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
1849 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
1850 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
1851 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
1852 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
1853 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
1854 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
1855 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
1856 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
1857 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
1858 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
1859 during reboot with their own operations.
1860
1861 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
1862 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
1863 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
1864 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
1865
1866 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
1867 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
1868 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
1869 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
1870 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
1871
1872 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
1873 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
1874
1875 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
1876 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
1877 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
1878 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
1879 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
1880 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
1881 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
1882 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
1883 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
1884
1885 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
1886 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
1887 prohibited.
1888
1889 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
1890 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
1891 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
1892 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
1893 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
1894 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
1895 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
1896 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
1897
1898 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
1899 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
1900 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
1901 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
1902 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
1903 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
1904 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
1905 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
1906 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
1907 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
1908 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
1909 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
1910 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
1911 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
1912 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
1913 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
1914 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
1915 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1916
1917 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
1918
1919 CHANGES WITH 241:
1920
1921 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
1922 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
1923 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
1924
1925 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
1926 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
1927 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
1928 include the package release information.
1929
1930 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
1931 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
1932 option.
1933
1934 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
1935 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
1936 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
1937
1938 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
1939 again.
1940
1941 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
1942 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
1943 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
1944 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
1945 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
1946 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
1947 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
1948 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
1949 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
1950 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
1951 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
1952 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
1953 installed .link files to *not* include it.
1954
1955 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
1956 "persistent", now works again as documented.
1957
1958 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
1959 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
1960
1961 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
1962 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
1963 used for side-channel attacks.
1964
1965 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
1966 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
1967 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
1968
1969 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
1970 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
1971 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
1972 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
1973 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
1974 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
1975
1976 fs.protected_regular = 0
1977 fs.protected_fifos = 0
1978
1979 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
1980 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
1981
1982 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
1983 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
1984 POSIX shells.
1985
1986 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
1987 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
1988
1989 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
1990 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
1991 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
1992 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
1993 points but otherwise empty.
1994
1995 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
1996 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
1997 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
1998
1999 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
2000 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
2001
2002 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
2003 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
2004
2005 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
2006 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
2007 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
2008 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
2009 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
2010 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
2011 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
2012 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
2013 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
2014 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2015 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2016 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
2017 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
2018 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
2019 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
2020 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2021 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
2022
2023 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
2024
2025 CHANGES WITH 240:
2026
2027 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
2028 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
2029 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
2030 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
2031 an SELinux policy update is required.
2032 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
2033
2034 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
2035 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
2036 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
2037 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
2038 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
2039 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
2040 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
2041 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
2042 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
2043 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
2044
2045 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
2046 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
2047 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
2048 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
2049 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
2050 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
2051 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
2052 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
2053 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
2054 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
2055 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
2056 the search path.
2057
2058 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
2059 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
2060 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
2061 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
2062 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
2063 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
2064 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
2065 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
2066 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
2067 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
2068 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
2069 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
2070 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
2071 start job.
2072
2073 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
2074 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
2075 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
2076 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
2077 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
2078 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
2079 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
2080 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
2081 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
2082 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
2083
2084 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
2085 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
2086 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
2087 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
2088 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
2089 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
2090 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
2091 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
2092 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
2093 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
2094 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
2095 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
2096 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
2097 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
2098 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
2099 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
2100 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
2101 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
2102 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
2103 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
2104 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
2105 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
2106 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
2107 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
2108 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
2109 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
2110 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
2111 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
2112 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
2113 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
2114 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
2115 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
2116 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
2117 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
2118 Java.)
2119
2120 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
2121 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
2122 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
2123 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
2124 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
2125 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
2126 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
2127 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
2128 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
2129 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
2130
2131 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
2132 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
2133 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
2134 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
2135 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
2136 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
2137
2138 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
2139 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
2140 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
2141 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
2142 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
2143
2144 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
2145 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
2146
2147 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
2148 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
2149 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
2150
2151 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
2152 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
2153
2154 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
2155 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
2156 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
2157
2158 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
2159 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
2160 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
2161 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
2162 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
2163 latency.
2164
2165 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
2166 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
2167
2168 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
2169 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
2170 instance part of a unit name.
2171
2172 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
2173 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
2174 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
2175 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
2176 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
2177 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
2178 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
2179 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
2180 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
2181
2182 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
2183 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
2184 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
2185 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
2186
2187 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
2188 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
2189 to a file, and appending to it.
2190
2191 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
2192 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
2193 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
2194 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
2195 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
2196 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
2197
2198 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
2199 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
2200 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
2201 having to touch C code.
2202
2203 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
2204 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
2205
2206 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
2207 DNS-over-TLS.
2208
2209 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
2210 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
2211 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
2212
2213 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
2214 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
2215 until the system finished start-up.
2216
2217 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
2218
2219 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
2220 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
2221 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
2222 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
2223 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
2224 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
2225 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
2226
2227 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
2228 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
2229 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
2230 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
2231 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
2232 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
2233 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
2234 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
2235 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
2236 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
2237 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
2238 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
2239
2240 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
2241 instantiate services.
2242
2243 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
2244 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
2245
2246 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
2247 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
2248 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
2249
2250 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
2251 it is neither used nor maintained.
2252
2253 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
2254 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
2255 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
2256 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
2257 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
2258 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
2259 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
2260 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
2261 separated by colons.
2262
2263 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
2264 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
2265
2266 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
2267 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
2268
2269 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
2270 "ethtool advertise" commands.
2271
2272 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
2273 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
2274 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
2275 directly.
2276
2277 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
2278 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
2279 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
2280 ID.
2281
2282 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
2283 and generate various 128bit IDs.
2284
2285 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
2286 and LOGO=.
2287
2288 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
2289 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
2290 from any hibernated image.
2291
2292 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
2293 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
2294 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
2295 kernel exports them.
2296
2297 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
2298 /usr/bin/.
2299
2300 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
2301 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
2302 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
2303 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
2304 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
2305 now documented here:
2306
2307 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
2308
2309 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
2310 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
2311 installs during early boot.
2312
2313 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
2314 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
2315
2316 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
2317 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
2318
2319 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
2320 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
2321 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
2322
2323 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
2324 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
2325 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
2326 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
2327 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
2328 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
2329 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
2330 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
2331 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
2332 is on AC power.
2333
2334 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
2335 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
2336 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
2337 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
2338 see:
2339
2340 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
2341
2342 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
2343 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
2344 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
2345 and container environments.
2346
2347 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
2348 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
2349 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
2350 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
2351
2352 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
2353 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
2354 journald per-service.
2355
2356 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
2357 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
2358
2359 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
2360 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
2361 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
2362 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
2363
2364 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
2365 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
2366 groups.
2367
2368 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
2369 --ephemeral command line switch.
2370
2371 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
2372 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
2373 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
2374 object itself.
2375
2376 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
2377 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
2378 not unloaded).
2379
2380 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
2381 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
2382 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
2383
2384 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
2385 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
2386 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
2387 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
2388 "dead" state on success.
2389
2390 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
2391 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
2392 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
2393 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
2394 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
2395 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
2396 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
2397 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
2398 well-defined system service context.
2399
2400 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
2401 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
2402 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
2403 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
2404
2405 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
2406 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
2407 continue to be used.
2408
2409 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
2410 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
2411 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
2412 for example:
2413
2414 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
2415
2416 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
2417 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
2418 the command line's exit code.
2419
2420 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
2421
2422 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
2423
2424 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
2425 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
2426 support to systemctl and all other commands.
2427
2428 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
2429 name as argument.
2430
2431 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
2432 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
2433 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
2434 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
2435 is improved.
2436
2437 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
2438 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
2439 initialize one to all 0xFF.
2440
2441 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
2442 all files and directories listed in
2443 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
2444 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
2445 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
2446 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
2447 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
2448 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
2449 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
2450 the transition to the host OS.
2451
2452 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
2453 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
2454 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
2455 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
2456 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
2457 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
2458 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
2459 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
2460 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
2461 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
2462 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
2463 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
2464 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
2465 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
2466 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
2467 these are opened they don't work.
2468
2469 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
2470 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
2471 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
2472 logic works again.
2473
2474 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
2475 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
2476 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
2477 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
2478 ignore it.
2479
2480 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
2481 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
2482 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
2483 commands.
2484
2485 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
2486 pam_systemd anymore.
2487
2488 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
2489 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
2490 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
2491 policy took effect.
2492
2493 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
2494 python-3.5.
2495
2496 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
2497 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
2498 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
2499 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
2500 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
2501 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
2502 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
2503 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
2504 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
2505 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
2506 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
2507 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
2508 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
2509 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
2510 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
2511 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
2512 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2513 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
2514 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
2515 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
2516 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
2517 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
2518 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
2519 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
2520 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
2521 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
2522 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2523 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
2524 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
2525 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
2526 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
2527 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
2528 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
2529 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
2530 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
2531 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
2532 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
2533 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
2534 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
2535 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
2536 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
2537 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
2538 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
2539 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
2540 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
2541
2542 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
2543
2544 CHANGES WITH 239:
2545
2546 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
2547 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
2548 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
2549 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
2550 a slot number associated.
2551
2552 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
2553 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
2554 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
2555 independent.
2556
2557 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
2558 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
2559 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2560
2561 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
2562 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
2563 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
2564 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2565
2566 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
2567 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
2568 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
2569 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
2570 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
2571 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
2572 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
2573 e.g. NIS.
2574
2575 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
2576 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
2577 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
2578 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
2579 may be necessary to update the file.
2580
2581 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
2582 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
2583 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
2584 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
2585 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
2586 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
2587 documentation.
2588
2589 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
2590 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
2591 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
2592 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
2593 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
2594 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
2595 them.
2596
2597 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
2598 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
2599 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
2600 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
2601 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
2602
2603 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
2604 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
2605 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
2606 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
2607 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
2608 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
2609 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
2610 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
2611
2612 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
2613 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
2614 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
2615 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
2616 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
2617
2618 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
2619 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
2620 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
2621 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
2622 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
2623
2624 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
2625 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
2626 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
2627
2628 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
2629 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
2630 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
2631 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
2632 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
2633 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
2634 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
2635 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
2636 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
2637 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
2638 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
2639 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
2640 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
2641 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
2642 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
2643 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
2644 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
2645 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
2646 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
2647 from.
2648
2649 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
2650 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
2651 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
2652 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
2653
2654 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
2655 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
2656 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
2657 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
2658
2659 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
2660 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
2661 hibernates again.
2662
2663 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
2664 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
2665
2666 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
2667 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
2668 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
2669
2670 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
2671 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
2672 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
2673 was not configurable and set to 512.
2674
2675 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
2676 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
2677 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
2678 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
2679 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
2680 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
2681 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
2682 in particular su and sudo.
2683
2684 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
2685 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
2686 synchronization has been received from the network. This
2687 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
2688 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
2689 services.
2690
2691 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
2692 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
2693 files should work for hibernation now.
2694
2695 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
2696 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
2697 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
2698 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
2699 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
2700 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
2701 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
2702 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
2703 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
2704 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
2705 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
2706 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
2707 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
2708 name following the last dash.
2709
2710 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
2711 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
2712 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
2713 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
2714 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
2715
2716 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
2717 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
2718 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
2719 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
2720 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
2721 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
2722
2723 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
2724 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
2725 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
2726 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
2727
2728 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
2729 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
2730 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
2731 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
2732 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
2733
2734 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
2735 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
2736 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
2737 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
2738 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
2739 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
2740 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
2741 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
2742 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
2743 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
2744 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
2745 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
2746 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
2747
2748 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
2749 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
2750 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
2751 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
2752 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
2753 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
2754 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
2755 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
2756 settings.
2757
2758 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
2759 expiration feature, if it is available.
2760
2761 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
2762 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
2763 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
2764
2765 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
2766 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
2767
2768 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
2769
2770 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
2771 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
2772
2773 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
2774 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
2775 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
2776 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
2777 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
2778 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
2779 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
2780 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
2781 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
2782 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
2783 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
2784
2785 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
2786 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
2787 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
2788 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
2789
2790 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
2791 about its state.
2792
2793 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
2794 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
2795 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
2796 "timedatectl set-ntp".
2797
2798 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
2799 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
2800 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
2801 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
2802 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
2803 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
2804 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
2805 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
2806 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
2807 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
2808 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
2809
2810 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
2811 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
2812
2813 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
2814 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
2815 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
2816 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
2817 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
2818 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
2819
2820 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
2821 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
2822 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
2823 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
2824 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
2825 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
2826 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
2827
2828 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
2829 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
2830 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
2831 shown.)
2832
2833 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
2834 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
2835 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
2836 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
2837 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
2838 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
2839 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
2840 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
2841 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
2842
2843 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
2844 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
2845 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
2846
2847 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
2848 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
2849 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
2850 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
2851 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
2852 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
2853 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
2854 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
2855
2856 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
2857
2858 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
2859 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
2860 automatically when the system clock changed.)
2861
2862 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
2863 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
2864
2865 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
2866 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
2867 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
2868
2869 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
2870
2871 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
2872
2873 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
2874 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
2875
2876 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
2877 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
2878 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
2879 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
2880 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
2881 external user databases.
2882
2883 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
2884 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
2885 refused due to the enforced limits.
2886
2887 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
2888 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
2889 manages.
2890
2891 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
2892 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
2893 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
2894 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
2895 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
2896 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
2897 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
2898 where this is now used by default.
2899
2900 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
2901 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
2902
2903 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
2904 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
2905 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
2906 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
2907 update process in a generic way.
2908
2909 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
2910
2911 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
2912 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
2913 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
2914 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
2915 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
2916 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
2917 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
2918 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
2919 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
2920 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
2921 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
2922 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
2923 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
2924 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
2925 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
2926 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
2927 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
2928 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
2929 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
2930 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
2931 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
2932 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
2933 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
2934 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
2935 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
2936 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
2937 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
2938 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
2939 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2940
2941 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
2942
2943 CHANGES WITH 238:
2944
2945 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
2946 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
2947 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
2948 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
2949 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
2950 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
2951 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
2952 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
2953 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
2954 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
2955 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
2956 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
2957 to revert this change.
2958
2959 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
2960 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
2961 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
2962 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
2963 once at the end of the transaction.
2964
2965 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
2966 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
2967 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
2968 scripts.
2969
2970 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
2971 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
2972 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
2973 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
2974 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
2975 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
2976 still allowing local admin overrides.
2977
2978 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
2979 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
2980 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
2981
2982 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
2983 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
2984 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
2985 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
2986 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
2987
2988 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
2989 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
2990 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
2991 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
2992 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
2993 from package installation scripts.
2994
2995 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
2996 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
2997 without the user number ("u username -:456").
2998
2999 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
3000 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
3001
3002 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
3003 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
3004 /sbin/nologin for other users).
3005
3006 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
3007 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
3008 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
3009 --systemd, --user, or --global).
3010
3011 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
3012 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
3013 which are triggered meanwhile).
3014
3015 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
3016 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
3017 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
3018 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
3019 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
3020
3021 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
3022 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
3023 rotated very quickly.
3024
3025 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
3026 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
3027 pending bus messages.
3028
3029 * systemd gained a new
3030 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
3031 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
3032 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
3033 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
3034 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
3035 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
3036 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
3037 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
3038 session scope.
3039
3040 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
3041 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
3042 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
3043 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
3044 the tree to be accessed.
3045
3046 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
3047 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
3048 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
3049
3050 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
3051 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
3052 to keys in the main keyring.
3053
3054 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
3055
3056 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
3057 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
3058
3059 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
3060
3061 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
3062 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
3063 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
3064 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
3065 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
3066 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
3067 explicitly.
3068
3069 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
3070 the colour of "OK" status messages.
3071
3072 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
3073 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
3074 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
3075 be restarted.
3076
3077 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
3078 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
3079
3080 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
3081 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
3082 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
3083 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
3084 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
3085 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
3086 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
3087 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3088 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
3089 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
3090 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
3091 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
3092 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3093 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3094 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
3095 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
3096
3097 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
3098
3099 CHANGES WITH 237:
3100
3101 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
3102 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
3103 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
3104 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
3105
3106 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
3107 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
3108 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
3109 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
3110 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
3111 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
3112 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
3113 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
3114 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
3115 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
3116
3117 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
3118 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
3119 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
3120 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
3121 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
3122 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
3123 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
3124 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
3125 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
3126 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
3127
3128 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
3129 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
3130 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
3131 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
3132 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
3133 now provides explicit control.
3134
3135 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
3136 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
3137 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
3138 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
3139 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
3140 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
3141 unit types that already supported transient operation.
3142
3143 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
3144 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
3145 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
3146
3147 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
3148 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
3149
3150 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
3151 .network files all gained support for a new condition
3152 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
3153 versions.
3154
3155 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
3156 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
3157 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
3158 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
3159 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
3160 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
3161 understands RapidCommit=.
3162
3163 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
3164 Delegation.
3165
3166 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
3167 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
3168 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
3169 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
3170 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
3171 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
3172 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
3173 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
3174 --watch-bind= command line switch.
3175
3176 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
3177 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
3178 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
3179 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
3180 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
3181 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
3182 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
3183 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
3184 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
3185 "Disconnected" signals).
3186
3187 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
3188 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
3189 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
3190 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
3191 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
3192 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
3193 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
3194 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
3195 round-trips are removed.
3196
3197 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
3198 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
3199 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
3200 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
3201
3202 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
3203 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
3204 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
3205 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
3206 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
3207 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
3208
3209 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
3210 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
3211 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
3212 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
3213 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
3214 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
3215 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
3216 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
3217 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
3218 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
3219
3220 * sd-event gained a new call pair
3221 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
3222 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
3223 when the event source is destroyed.
3224
3225 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
3226 connections.
3227
3228 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
3229 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
3230 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
3231 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
3232 new transitional flag file has been added: if
3233 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
3234 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
3235
3236 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
3237 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
3238 manager.
3239
3240 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
3241 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
3242 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
3243 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
3244 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
3245
3246 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
3247 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
3248 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
3249 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
3250 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
3251 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
3252
3253 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
3254 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
3255 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
3256 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
3257 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
3258 level/target is given as an argument.
3259
3260 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
3261 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
3262 where UID and GID do not match.
3263
3264 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
3265 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
3266 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
3267 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
3268 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3269 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
3270 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
3271 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
3272 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
3273 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
3274 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
3275 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
3276 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
3277 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
3278 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
3279 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
3280 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
3281 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
3282 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
3283 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
3284 Палаузов
3285
3286 — Brno, 2018-01-28
3287
3288 CHANGES WITH 236:
3289
3290 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
3291 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
3292 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
3293 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
3294
3295 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
3296 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
3297 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
3298 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
3299 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
3300 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
3301 valid specifiers today.)
3302
3303 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
3304 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
3305 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
3306 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
3307 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
3308 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
3309
3310 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
3311 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
3312 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
3313 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
3314
3315 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
3316 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
3317 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
3318 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
3319 services are resolved properly.
3320
3321 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
3322 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
3323 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
3324 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
3325 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
3326 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
3327 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
3328 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
3329 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
3330 and btrfs.
3331
3332 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
3333 DNS server and domain information.
3334
3335 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
3336 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
3337 runtime.
3338
3339 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
3340 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
3341 empty for the first time.
3342
3343 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
3344 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
3345 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
3346 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
3347 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
3348 running in the user session.
3349
3350 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
3351 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
3352 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
3353 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
3354 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
3355 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
3356 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
3357 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
3358 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
3359 user instance).
3360
3361 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
3362 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
3363
3364 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
3365 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
3366 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
3367 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
3368
3369 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
3370 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
3371
3372 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
3373 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
3374 sleep verbs.
3375
3376 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
3377
3378 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
3379 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
3380
3381 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
3382
3383 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
3384 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
3385 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
3386
3387 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
3388 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
3389 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
3390 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
3391 instance.
3392
3393 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
3394 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
3395 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
3396
3397 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
3398 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
3399 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
3400
3401 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
3402
3403 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
3404 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
3405 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
3406 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
3407 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
3408 processes.
3409
3410 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
3411 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
3412 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
3413 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
3414
3415 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
3416 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
3417 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
3418
3419 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
3420 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
3421 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
3422 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
3423 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
3424
3425 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
3426 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
3427
3428 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
3429 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
3430 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
3431 time the specified expression would elapse.
3432
3433 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
3434 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
3435 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
3436 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
3437 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
3438 types, not just services.
3439
3440 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
3441 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
3442 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
3443 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
3444
3445 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
3446 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
3447 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
3448 interface for this purpose.
3449
3450 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
3451 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
3452 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
3453 anyway.
3454
3455 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
3456 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
3457 requirements of systemd.
3458
3459 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
3460 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
3461 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
3462
3463 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
3464 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
3465 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
3466 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
3467
3468 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
3469 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
3470 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
3471 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
3472
3473 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
3474 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
3475
3476 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
3477 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
3478 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
3479 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
3480 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
3481 managing software supports (such as pppd).
3482
3483 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
3484 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
3485 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
3486
3487 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
3488 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
3489 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
3490 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
3491 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
3492 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
3493 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
3494 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
3495 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
3496 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
3497 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
3498 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
3499 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
3500 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
3501 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
3502 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
3503 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
3504 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3505 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
3506 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
3507 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
3508 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3509 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
3510
3511 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
3512
3513 CHANGES WITH 235:
3514
3515 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
3516 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
3517 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
3518 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
3519 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
3520 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
3521 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
3522 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
3523 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
3524 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
3525 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
3526 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
3527 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
3528 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
3529 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
3530 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
3531 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
3532 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
3533 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
3534 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
3535 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
3536 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
3537 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
3538 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
3539 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
3540 IPAddressDeny= see below.
3541
3542 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
3543 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
3544 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
3545 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
3546 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
3547 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
3548 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
3549 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
3550
3551 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
3552 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
3553 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
3554 used to change those values.
3555
3556 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
3557 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
3558 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
3559 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
3560 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
3561 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
3562
3563 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
3564 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
3565 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
3566 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
3567
3568 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
3569 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
3570 one top-level directory.
3571
3572 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
3573 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
3574 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
3575 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
3576 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
3577 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
3578 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
3579 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
3580 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
3581 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
3582 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
3583 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
3584 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
3585 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
3586 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
3587
3588 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
3589 Meson-only.
3590
3591 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
3592 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
3593 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
3594 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
3595 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
3596 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
3597 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
3598 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
3599 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
3600 acceptable to us.
3601
3602 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
3603 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
3604 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
3605 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
3606 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
3607 requested at build time.
3608
3609 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
3610 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
3611 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
3612 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
3613 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
3614 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
3615 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
3616 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
3617 Type= setting which permits configuring
3618 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
3619
3620 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
3621 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
3622 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
3623 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
3624 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
3625 local frames between bridge ports.
3626
3627 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
3628 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
3629 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
3630
3631 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
3632 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
3633
3634 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
3635 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
3636 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
3637 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
3638
3639 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
3640 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
3641 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
3642 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
3643 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
3644 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
3645 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
3646 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
3647
3648 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
3649 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
3650 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
3651 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
3652 command.)
3653
3654 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
3655 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
3656 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
3657
3658 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
3659 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
3660 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
3661 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
3662
3663 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
3664 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
3665 configured, except for the credentials applied by
3666 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
3667 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
3668 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
3669 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
3670 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
3671 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
3672 on systems where this is not supported.
3673
3674 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
3675 sockets.
3676
3677 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
3678 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
3679 during runtime.
3680
3681 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
3682 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
3683 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
3684
3685 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
3686 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
3687 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
3688
3689 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
3690 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
3691 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
3692 Following this logic, two new special targets
3693 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
3694 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
3695 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
3696
3697 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
3698 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
3699 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
3700 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
3701
3702 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
3703 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
3704 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
3705 --wait".
3706
3707 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
3708 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
3709 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
3710 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
3711 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
3712 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
3713 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
3714 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
3715 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
3716
3717 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
3718 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
3719 containing information about the consumed resources of this
3720 invocation.
3721
3722 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
3723 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
3724 processes.
3725
3726 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
3727 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
3728 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
3729 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
3730 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
3731 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
3732 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
3733 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
3734 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
3735 systems for all five operations.
3736
3737 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
3738 the system.
3739
3740 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
3741 than UTC or the local timezone.
3742
3743 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
3744 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
3745 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
3746 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
3747 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
3748 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
3749 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
3750 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
3751
3752 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
3753 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
3754 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
3755 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
3756 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
3757 again.
3758
3759 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
3760 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
3761 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
3762
3763 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
3764 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
3765 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
3766 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
3767 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
3768 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
3769 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3770 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
3771 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
3772 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
3773 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
3774 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
3775 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
3776 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
3777 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
3778 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
3779 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
3780 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
3781 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
3782 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3783
3784 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
3785
3786 CHANGES WITH 234:
3787
3788 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
3789 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
3790 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
3791 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
3792 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
3793 summary:
3794
3795 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
3796
3797 becomes:
3798
3799 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
3800
3801 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
3802 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
3803 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
3804 .device units.
3805
3806 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
3807 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
3808 running a systemd user instance.
3809
3810 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
3811 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
3812 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
3813 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
3814 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
3815 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
3816
3817 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
3818
3819 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
3820 (domain search list).
3821
3822 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
3823 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
3824 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
3825 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
3826 implementation of RA.
3827
3828 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
3829 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
3830 ISO date values.
3831
3832 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
3833 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
3834 devices.
3835
3836 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
3837 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
3838 option.
3839
3840 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
3841 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
3842 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
3843 default yet.
3844
3845 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
3846 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
3847 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
3848 SHA256SUMS files.
3849
3850 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
3851 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
3852
3853 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
3854
3855 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
3856
3857 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
3858 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
3859
3860 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
3861 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
3862 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
3863 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
3864
3865 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
3866 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
3867 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
3868 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
3869 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
3870 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
3871 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
3872 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
3873 systemd-logind to be safe. See
3874 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
3875
3876 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
3877 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
3878 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
3879 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
3880 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
3881 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
3882 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
3883 after all the plugins exit.
3884
3885 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
3886 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
3887 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
3888 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
3889 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
3890 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
3891 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
3892 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3893 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
3894 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
3895 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
3896 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
3897 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
3898 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
3899 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
3900 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3901 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
3902 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
3903 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
3904 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
3905 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
3906 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
3907 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
3908 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
3909 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
3910 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
3911 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
3912 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
3913 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
3914 Георгиевски
3915
3916 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
3917
3918 CHANGES WITH 233:
3919
3920 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
3921 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
3922 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
3923 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
3924 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
3925 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
3926 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
3927 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
3928 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
3929
3930 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
3931 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
3932 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
3933 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
3934 default selected on the configure command line
3935 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
3936 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
3937 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
3938 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
3939 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
3940 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
3941 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
3942 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
3943 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
3944 greatest stability and compatibility only.
3945
3946 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
3947 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
3948 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
3949 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
3950 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
3951 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
3952 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
3953 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
3954 further details about this.)
3955
3956 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
3957 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
3958 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
3959
3960 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
3961 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
3962
3963 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
3964 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
3965 with 'make install-tests'.
3966
3967 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
3968 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
3969 kernel.
3970
3971 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
3972 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
3973 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
3974 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
3975 by the Slice= option.
3976
3977 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
3978 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
3979 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
3980 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
3981
3982 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
3983 following choices:
3984
3985 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
3986 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
3987 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
3988 (h)elp
3989 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
3990 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
3991 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
3992 (y)es, execute the command
3993
3994 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
3995 because its meaning was confusing.
3996
3997 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
3998 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
3999
4000 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
4001 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
4002 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
4003
4004 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
4005 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
4006 state directly, without executing these commands.
4007
4008 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
4009 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
4010 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
4011
4012 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
4013 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
4014 combination with After=) have been started.
4015
4016 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
4017 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
4018 setting, and which system calls they contain.
4019
4020 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
4021 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
4022 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
4023 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
4024 configuration related calls.
4025
4026 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
4027 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
4028 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
4029 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
4030 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
4031 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
4032 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
4033
4034 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
4035 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
4036
4037 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
4038 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
4039 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
4040
4041 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
4042 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
4043
4044 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
4045 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
4046 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
4047 for compatibility.
4048
4049 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
4050 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
4051
4052 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
4053 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
4054
4055 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
4056 support for negative matching.
4057
4058 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
4059
4060 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
4061 permitted runtime of the mount command.
4062
4063 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
4064 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
4065 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
4066 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
4067 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
4068 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
4069 removed from the drive.
4070
4071 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
4072 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
4073
4074 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
4075 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
4076
4077 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
4078 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
4079 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
4080
4081 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
4082 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
4083 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
4084 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
4085 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
4086 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
4087 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
4088
4089 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
4090 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
4091 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
4092 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
4093 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
4094 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
4095
4096 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
4097 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
4098
4099 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
4100 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
4101 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
4102 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
4103 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
4104 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
4105 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
4106 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
4107
4108 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
4109 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
4110 including all control processes.
4111
4112 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
4113 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
4114 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
4115
4116 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4117 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
4118 prefixing the source path with "+".
4119
4120 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4121 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
4122 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
4123 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
4124 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
4125 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
4126 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
4127 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
4128
4129 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
4130 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
4131 before).
4132
4133 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
4134 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
4135 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
4136 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
4137 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
4138 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
4139 the new --root-hash= command line option).
4140
4141 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
4142 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
4143 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
4144 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
4145 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
4146 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
4147 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
4148 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
4149 versions.
4150
4151 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
4152 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
4153 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
4154 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
4155 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
4156 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
4157 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
4158 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
4159 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
4160 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
4161 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
4162 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
4163 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
4164 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
4165 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
4166 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
4167 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
4168 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
4169 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
4170 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
4171 a Verity-enabled root partition.
4172
4173 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
4174 accelerometer quirks.
4175
4176 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
4177 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
4178 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
4179 ID of each service.
4180
4181 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
4182 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
4183 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
4184 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
4185 view.
4186
4187 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
4188 environment variables:
4189
4190 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
4191
4192 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
4193 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
4194 address.
4195
4196 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
4197 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
4198 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
4199
4200 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
4201 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
4202 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
4203 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
4204 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
4205 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
4206 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
4207 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
4208 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
4209 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
4210 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
4211 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
4212 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
4213
4214 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
4215 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
4216 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
4217
4218 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
4219 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
4220
4221 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
4222 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
4223 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
4224 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
4225 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
4226
4227 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
4228 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
4229 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
4230
4231 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
4232 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
4233
4234 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
4235 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
4236 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
4237 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
4238
4239 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
4240 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
4241 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
4242 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
4243 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
4244 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
4245 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
4246 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
4247 possibly even including full integrity data.
4248
4249 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
4250 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
4251 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
4252 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
4253 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
4254
4255 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
4256 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
4257 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
4258 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
4259 directly with systemd-nspawn.
4260
4261 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
4262 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
4263 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
4264 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
4265
4266 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
4267 of coredumps in reverse order.
4268
4269 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
4270 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
4271 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
4272 additional informational message in its output.
4273
4274 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
4275 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
4276 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
4277
4278 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
4279 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
4280 scripting languages such as Python.
4281
4282 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
4283 namespacing is enabled for them.
4284
4285 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
4286 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
4287 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
4288 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
4289 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
4290 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
4291
4292 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
4293 root key (KSK).
4294
4295 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
4296 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
4297 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
4298
4299 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
4300 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
4301 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
4302 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
4303 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
4304 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
4305 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
4306 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
4307 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
4308 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
4309 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
4310 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
4311 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
4312 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
4313 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
4314 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
4315 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
4316 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
4317 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
4318 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
4319 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
4320 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
4321 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
4322 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
4323 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
4324 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
4325 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
4326 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
4327 Тихонов
4328
4329 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
4330
4331 CHANGES WITH 232:
4332
4333 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
4334 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
4335 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
4336 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
4337 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
4338 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
4339
4340 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
4341 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
4342
4343 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4344 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
4345 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
4346
4347 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
4348 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
4349 to be remounted read-only for a service.
4350
4351 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4352 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
4353 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
4354 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
4355
4356 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4357 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
4358
4359 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
4360 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
4361 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
4362
4363 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
4364 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
4365 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
4366 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
4367 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
4368 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
4369 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4370 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
4371 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
4372 permanent modifications to the system.
4373
4374 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4375 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
4376 container or chroot environments.
4377
4378 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
4379 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
4380 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
4381 mapped to nobody.
4382
4383 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
4384 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
4385 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
4386 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
4387
4388 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
4389 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
4390
4391 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
4392 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
4393 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
4394 and the support is provisional.
4395
4396 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
4397 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
4398 unit files in the file system).
4399
4400 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
4401 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
4402 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
4403 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
4404 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
4405 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
4406 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
4407 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
4408 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
4409 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
4410 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
4411 state is fixed automatically.
4412
4413 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
4414 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
4415 option.
4416
4417 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
4418 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
4419 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
4420 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
4421 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
4422 else.
4423
4424 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
4425 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
4426 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
4427 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
4428 bootable on physical systems.
4429
4430 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4431
4432 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
4433 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
4434 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
4435 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
4436 used.
4437
4438 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
4439 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4440 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
4441 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
4442
4443 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4444
4445 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4446 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
4447 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
4448 of the container).
4449
4450 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4451 files from the specified location.
4452
4453 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
4454 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
4455 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
4456 be active.
4457
4458 * The hardware database has been extended to support
4459 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
4460 trackball devices.
4461
4462 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
4463 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
4464 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
4465
4466 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
4467 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
4468 specified service binary exited.)
4469
4470 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4471 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
4472
4473 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4474 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
4475 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
4476 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
4477 --since= and --until= options.
4478
4479 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
4480 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
4481 are automatically propagated to the container.
4482
4483 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
4484 from a single IP address can be limited with
4485 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
4486 MaxConnections=.
4487
4488 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
4489 configuration.
4490
4491 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
4492 drop-ins.
4493
4494 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
4495 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
4496 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
4497 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
4498 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
4499 [Link] section of .link files.
4500
4501 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
4502 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
4503 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
4504 section of .netdev files.
4505
4506 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4507 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
4508 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
4509
4510 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4511 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
4512 .network files.
4513
4514 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
4515 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
4516 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
4517 service runtime cycle.
4518
4519 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
4520 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4521 has been traditionally doing.
4522
4523 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
4524 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
4525 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
4526 prevent any later plugins from running.
4527
4528 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
4529 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
4530 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
4531 default of SplitMode=uid.
4532
4533 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
4534 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
4535 useful.
4536
4537 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
4538 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
4539 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
4540 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
4541 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
4542 individual namespaces.
4543
4544 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
4545 the output, as well as OS release information.
4546
4547 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
4548
4549 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
4550 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
4551 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
4552 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
4553 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
4554
4555 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
4556 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
4557 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
4558 severed.
4559
4560 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
4561 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
4562 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
4563 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
4564 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
4565 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
4566 information about exit statuses and results.
4567
4568 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
4569 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
4570 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
4571 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
4572 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
4573 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
4574
4575 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
4576
4577 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
4578 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
4579 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
4580 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
4581 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
4582 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
4583 entirely.
4584
4585 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
4586 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
4587 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
4588
4589 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
4590 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
4591 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
4592 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
4593 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
4594 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
4595 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
4596 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
4597 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
4598 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
4599 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
4600 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
4601 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
4602 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
4603 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
4604 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
4605 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
4606
4607 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
4608 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
4609 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
4610 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
4611
4612 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
4613 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
4614 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
4615 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
4616
4617 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
4618 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
4619 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
4620 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
4621 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
4622 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
4623 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
4624 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
4625 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
4626 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
4627 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
4628 fragment entirely.)
4629
4630 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
4631 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
4632 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
4633
4634 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
4635 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
4636 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
4637 FileDescriptorName= setting.
4638
4639 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
4640 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
4641 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
4642 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
4643 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
4644 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
4645
4646 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
4647 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
4648
4649 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
4650 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
4651
4652 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
4653 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
4654 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
4655 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
4656 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
4657
4658 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
4659 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
4660 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
4661 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4662 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
4663 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
4664 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
4665 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
4666 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
4667 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
4668 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
4669 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
4670 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
4671 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
4672 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
4673 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
4674 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
4675 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
4676 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
4677 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
4678 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
4679 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
4680 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
4681 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
4682 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4683 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
4684
4685 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
4686
4687 CHANGES WITH 231:
4688
4689 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
4690 with an additional special character as first argument of the
4691 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
4692 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
4693 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
4694 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
4695 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
4696 independently.
4697
4698 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
4699 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
4700
4701 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
4702 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
4703 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
4704 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
4705 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
4706 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
4707 values.
4708
4709 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
4710 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
4711 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
4712 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
4713 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
4714
4715 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
4716 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
4717 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
4718 7:10am every day.
4719
4720 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
4721 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
4722 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
4723 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
4724 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
4725 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
4726 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
4727 available for compatibility.
4728
4729 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
4730 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
4731 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
4732 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
4733 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
4734 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
4735
4736 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
4737 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
4738 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
4739 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
4740 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
4741 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
4742 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
4743 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
4744 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
4745
4746 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
4747 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
4748 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
4749 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
4750 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
4751 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
4752 desired options.
4753
4754 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
4755 cgroup v2.
4756
4757 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
4758 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
4759 limited to subgroups of that group.
4760
4761 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
4762 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
4763 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
4764 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
4765 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
4766 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
4767 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
4768 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
4769
4770 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
4771 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
4772 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
4773 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
4774 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
4775 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
4776 own long-running services.
4777
4778 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
4779 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
4780 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
4781 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
4782
4783 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
4784 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
4785 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
4786 propagates this notification further to the service manager
4787 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
4788 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
4789 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
4790 primitives.
4791
4792 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
4793 "terminate".
4794
4795 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
4796 link-local IPv6 addresses.
4797
4798 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
4799 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
4800 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
4801 --flush-caches".
4802
4803 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
4804 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
4805 is shown.
4806
4807 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
4808 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
4809 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
4810 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
4811 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
4812 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
4813
4814 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
4815 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
4816 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
4817 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
4818 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
4819 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
4820 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
4821 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
4822 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
4823 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
4824 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
4825 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
4826 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
4827 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
4828 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
4829 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
4830 bus API instead.
4831
4832 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
4833 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
4834 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
4835 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
4836
4837 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
4838 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
4839 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
4840 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
4841
4842 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
4843 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
4844 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
4845
4846 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
4847 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
4848
4849 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
4850 interface configuration.
4851
4852 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
4853 specifying the --force switch.
4854
4855 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
4856 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
4857 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
4858
4859 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
4860 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
4861 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
4862 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
4863 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
4864 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
4865 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
4866 to be handled.
4867
4868 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
4869 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
4870
4871 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
4872 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
4873
4874 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
4875 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
4876 of persistent symlinks for that device.
4877
4878 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
4879 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
4880
4881 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
4882 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
4883 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
4884 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
4885 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
4886 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
4887 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
4888 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
4889 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
4890 library.
4891
4892 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
4893 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
4894 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
4895 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
4896 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
4897 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
4898 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
4899 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
4900 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
4901 doc/HACKING for details.
4902
4903 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
4904 distribution's bugtracker.
4905
4906 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
4907 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
4908 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
4909 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
4910 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
4911 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
4912 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
4913 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
4914 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
4915 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
4916 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
4917 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
4918 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
4919 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
4920 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
4921 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
4922 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
4923 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
4924 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4925
4926 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
4927
4928 CHANGES WITH 230:
4929
4930 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
4931 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
4932 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
4933 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
4934 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
4935 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
4936 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
4937 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
4938 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
4939 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
4940 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
4941 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
4942 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
4943 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
4944 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
4945 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
4946 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
4947 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
4948 applications.)
4949
4950 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
4951 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
4952 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
4953
4954 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
4955 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
4956 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
4957 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
4958 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
4959 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
4960 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
4961
4962 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
4963 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
4964 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
4965 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
4966 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
4967 command works for tmux.
4968
4969 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
4970 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
4971 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
4972 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
4973 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
4974 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
4975
4976 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
4977 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
4978
4979 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
4980 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
4981 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
4982
4983 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
4984
4985 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
4986 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
4987 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
4988 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
4989 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
4990
4991 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
4992 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
4993 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
4994 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
4995
4996 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
4997 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
4998 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
4999 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
5000 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
5001 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
5002
5003 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
5004 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
5005 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
5006
5007 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
5008 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
5009 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
5010 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
5011 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
5012 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
5013
5014 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
5015 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
5016 address.
5017
5018 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
5019 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
5020 should be emitted.
5021
5022 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
5023 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
5024 supported.
5025
5026 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
5027 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
5028 logging performance.
5029
5030 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5031 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
5032 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
5033 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
5034 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
5035 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
5036
5037 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
5038 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
5039 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
5040 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
5041
5042 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
5043 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
5044
5045 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
5046 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
5047 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
5048
5049 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
5050
5051 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
5052 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
5053 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
5054 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
5055
5056 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
5057 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
5058 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
5059 refuse to operate on such files.
5060
5061 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
5062 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
5063 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
5064
5065 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
5066 just hidden container images.
5067
5068 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
5069 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
5070
5071 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
5072 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
5073 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
5074 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
5075 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
5076 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
5077 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
5078 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
5079 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
5080 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
5081 been changed to use this functionality by default.
5082
5083 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
5084 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
5085 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
5086 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
5087 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
5088 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
5089 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
5090 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
5091 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
5092 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
5093 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
5094 terminates.
5095
5096 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
5097 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
5098 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
5099 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
5100
5101 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
5102 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
5103 rate of the socket unit.
5104
5105 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
5106 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
5107 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
5108 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
5109 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
5110
5111 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
5112 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
5113 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
5114 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
5115 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
5116 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
5117 with this.
5118
5119 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
5120 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
5121
5122 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
5123 merged into the kernel in its current form.
5124
5125 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
5126 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
5127 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
5128 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
5129 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
5130
5131 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
5132 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
5133 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
5134
5135 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
5136 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
5137 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
5138 target is now included in early userspace.
5139
5140 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
5141 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
5142 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
5143 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
5144 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
5145 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
5146 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
5147 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
5148 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
5149 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
5150 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
5151 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
5152 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
5153 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
5154 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
5155 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
5156 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
5157 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
5158 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
5159 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
5160 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
5161 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
5162 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
5163 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
5164 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5165 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5166
5167 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
5168
5169 CHANGES WITH 229:
5170
5171 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
5172 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
5173 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
5174 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
5175 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
5176 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
5177 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
5178 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
5179 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
5180 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
5181 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
5182 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
5183 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
5184
5185 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
5186 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
5187 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
5188 /usr/bin.
5189
5190 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
5191 devices.
5192
5193 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
5194 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
5195 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
5196 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
5197 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
5198 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
5199 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
5200 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
5201 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
5202 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
5203 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
5204 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
5205 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
5206 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
5207 this limit.
5208
5209 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
5210 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
5211 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
5212 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
5213 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
5214 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
5215 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
5216 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
5217
5218 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
5219 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
5220 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
5221 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
5222 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
5223 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
5224 and group at package installation time.
5225
5226 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
5227 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
5228 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
5229 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
5230 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
5231
5232 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
5233 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
5234 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
5235 supports it.
5236
5237 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
5238 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
5239
5240 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
5241 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
5242 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
5243 file is already initialized.
5244
5245 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
5246 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
5247 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
5248 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
5249 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
5250 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
5251 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
5252 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
5253 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
5254
5255 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
5256 working directory for the process started in the container.
5257
5258 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
5259 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
5260 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
5261 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
5262 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
5263
5264 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5265 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
5266 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
5267
5268 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
5269 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
5270 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
5271 sd_journal_restart_fields().
5272
5273 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
5274 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
5275 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
5276 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
5277 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
5278
5279 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
5280 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
5281 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
5282 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
5283
5284 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
5285 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
5286 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
5287 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
5288 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
5289 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
5290 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
5291 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
5292 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
5293 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
5294 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
5295 by PID 1.
5296
5297 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
5298 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
5299 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
5300 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
5301 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
5302 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
5303 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
5304 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
5305
5306 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
5307
5308 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
5309 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
5310 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
5311
5312 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
5313 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
5314 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
5315 recent kernels.
5316
5317 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
5318 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
5319
5320 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
5321 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
5322 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
5323 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
5324 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
5325 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
5326 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
5327 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
5328 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
5329 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
5330 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
5331 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
5332 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
5333
5334 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
5335 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
5336 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
5337 clusters or larger setups.
5338
5339 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
5340
5341 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
5342 sockets.
5343
5344 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
5345
5346 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
5347 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
5348 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
5349 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
5350 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
5351 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
5352
5353 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
5354 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
5355 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
5356
5357 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
5358 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
5359 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
5360 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
5361
5362 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
5363
5364 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
5365 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
5366 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
5367 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
5368 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
5369 maintain compatibility.
5370
5371 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
5372 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
5373 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
5374 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
5375 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
5376 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
5377 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
5378 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
5379 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
5380 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
5381 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
5382 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5383 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
5384 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
5385 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
5386 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
5387 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5388 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
5389 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5390
5391 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
5392
5393 CHANGES WITH 228:
5394
5395 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
5396 files are now also available as properties to set when
5397 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
5398 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
5399 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
5400 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
5401 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5402 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
5403 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
5404
5405 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
5406 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
5407 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
5408
5409 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
5410 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
5411 created transiently.
5412
5413 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
5414 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
5415 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
5416 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
5417 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
5418 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
5419 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
5420 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
5421
5422 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
5423 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
5424 disk and sync the files, before returning.
5425
5426 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
5427 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
5428 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
5429 enabled.
5430
5431 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
5432 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
5433 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
5434 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
5435 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
5436 subvolumes.
5437
5438 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
5439 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
5440
5441 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
5442 individual indexes.
5443
5444 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
5445 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
5446 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
5447 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
5448 suffixes now.
5449
5450 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
5451 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
5452 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
5453 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
5454 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
5455 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
5456 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
5457 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
5458 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
5459 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
5460 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
5461 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
5462 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
5463 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
5464 number of processes or tasks each user may own
5465 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
5466 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
5467 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
5468 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
5469 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
5470 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
5471
5472 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
5473 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
5474 links between the host and the container.
5475
5476 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
5477 added that allows importing select environment variables
5478 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
5479 the service.
5480
5481 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
5482 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
5483 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
5484 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
5485 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
5486 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
5487 than until they first elapse.
5488
5489 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
5490 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
5491 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
5492 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
5493 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
5494 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
5495 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
5496 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
5497
5498 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
5499 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
5500 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
5501 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
5502 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
5503 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
5504 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
5505 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
5506 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
5507 journal and in coredump handling.
5508
5509 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
5510 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
5511 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
5512 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
5513 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
5514 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
5515 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
5516 software you package still references it, as this is a
5517 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
5518 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
5519
5520 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
5521
5522 Note that only util-linux versions built with
5523 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
5524
5525 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
5526 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
5527 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
5528
5529 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
5530 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
5531 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
5532 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
5533 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
5534 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
5535 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
5536 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
5537 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
5538 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
5539 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
5540 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
5541 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
5542 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
5543 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
5544 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
5545
5546 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
5547 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
5548 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
5549 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
5550 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
5551 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
5552 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
5553 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
5554 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
5555 surprises.
5556
5557 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
5558 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
5559 to the various user database fields of the user that the
5560 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
5561 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
5562 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
5563 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
5564 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
5565 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
5566 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
5567 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
5568 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
5569 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
5570 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
5571 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
5572 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
5573 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
5574 of PID 1 is the root user).
5575
5576 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
5577 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
5578 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5579 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
5580 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
5581 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
5582 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5583 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
5584 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5585 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
5586 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
5587 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
5588 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5589 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
5590 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5591
5592 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
5593
5594 CHANGES WITH 227:
5595
5596 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
5597 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
5598 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
5599
5600 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
5601 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
5602 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
5603 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
5604 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
5605 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
5606
5607 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
5608 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
5609 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
5610 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
5611 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
5612
5613 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
5614 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
5615 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
5616 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
5617 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
5618 packets on unestablished sockets.
5619
5620 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
5621 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
5622 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
5623 automatically.
5624
5625 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
5626 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
5627 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
5628
5629 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
5630 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
5631 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
5632 for disk IO.
5633
5634 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
5635 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
5636 removed.
5637
5638 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
5639 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
5640 directory is set to the home directory of the user
5641 configured in User=.
5642
5643 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
5644 directory of the selected user by default.
5645
5646 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
5647 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
5648 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
5649 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
5650 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
5651 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
5652 compat reasons.
5653
5654 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
5655 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
5656 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
5657 units.
5658
5659 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
5660 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
5661 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
5662 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
5663 level.
5664
5665 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
5666 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
5667 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
5668 namespaces work correctly.
5669
5670 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
5671 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
5672 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
5673 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
5674 activation.
5675
5676 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
5677 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
5678 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
5679 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
5680 system instance in a container.
5681
5682 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
5683 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
5684 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
5685 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
5686 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
5687 connections.
5688
5689 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
5690 show the control groups within a certain container only.
5691
5692 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
5693 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
5694 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
5695 processes attached, or similar.
5696
5697 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
5698 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
5699 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
5700
5701 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
5702 specifiers like %i or %f.
5703
5704 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
5705 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
5706 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
5707 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
5708
5709 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
5710 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
5711 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
5712 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
5713 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
5714 descriptors using sd_notify().
5715
5716 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
5717
5718 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
5719 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
5720
5721 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
5722 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
5723
5724 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
5725 .network files.
5726
5727 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
5728 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
5729 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
5730 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
5731 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
5732 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
5733 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
5734 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
5735 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
5736 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
5737 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
5738 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
5739 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
5740 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
5741 gdm-autologin is used.
5742
5743 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
5744 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
5745 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
5746 next to the image file.
5747
5748 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
5749 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
5750 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
5751 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
5752
5753 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
5754 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
5755 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
5756 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
5757 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
5758 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
5759
5760 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
5761 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
5762 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
5763 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
5764 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
5765 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
5766 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
5767 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
5768 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
5769 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
5770 number of files in place.
5771
5772 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
5773 on kernels where that is supported.
5774
5775 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
5776
5777 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
5778 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
5779 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
5780 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5781 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
5782 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
5783 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
5784 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
5785 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
5786 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
5787 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5788 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5789 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
5790 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
5791 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
5792 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5793 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
5794 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
5795
5796 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
5797
5798 CHANGES WITH 226:
5799
5800 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
5801 new features:
5802
5803 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
5804 information. It may be enabled and configured via
5805 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
5806 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
5807 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
5808 is any) is propagated.
5809
5810 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
5811 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
5812 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
5813 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
5814 information is enabled between host and containers by
5815 default now: the container will change its local timezone
5816 to what the host has set.
5817
5818 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
5819 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
5820
5821 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
5822 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
5823 information back, even if the server loses state.
5824
5825 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
5826 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
5827 PoolSize=.
5828
5829 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
5830 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
5831 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
5832 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
5833
5834 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
5835 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
5836 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
5837 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
5838 'dbus-daemon' systems.
5839
5840 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
5841 for virtio devices.
5842
5843 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
5844 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
5845 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
5846 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
5847 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
5848 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
5849 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
5850 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
5851 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5852 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
5853 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
5854 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
5855 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
5856 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
5857 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
5858 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
5859 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
5860 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
5861 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
5862 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
5863 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
5864 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
5865 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
5866 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
5867 grants them.
5868
5869 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
5870 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
5871 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
5872 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
5873 group tree.
5874
5875 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
5876 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
5877 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
5878 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
5879 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
5880 work correctly in containers now.
5881
5882 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
5883 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
5884
5885 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
5886 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5887 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
5888 function call is particularly useful when implementing
5889 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
5890
5891 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
5892 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
5893 signal events.
5894
5895 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
5896 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
5897 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
5898 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
5899
5900 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
5901 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
5902 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
5903 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
5904 nspawn command line.
5905
5906 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
5907 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
5908 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5909 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
5910 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
5911 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
5912 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5913 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
5914
5915 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
5916
5917 CHANGES WITH 225:
5918
5919 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
5920 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
5921 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
5922 shell directly without prompting for username or
5923 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
5924 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
5925 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
5926 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
5927 the originating session.
5928
5929 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
5930 options and allows other programs to query the values.
5931
5932 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
5933 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
5934 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
5935 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
5936 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
5937 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
5938 probably not stabilize on this release.
5939
5940 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
5941 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
5942 messages.
5943
5944 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
5945 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
5946 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
5947
5948 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
5949 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
5950
5951 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
5952 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
5953 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
5954 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
5955 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
5956 posteriori.
5957
5958 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
5959 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
5960
5961 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
5962 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
5963 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
5964 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
5965 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
5966 "lastlog" tools.
5967
5968 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
5969 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
5970 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
5971 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
5972 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
5973
5974 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
5975 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
5976 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
5977 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
5978 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
5979 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
5980 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
5981 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
5982 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
5983 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
5984 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
5985 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5986
5987 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
5988
5989 CHANGES WITH 224:
5990
5991 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
5992 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
5993
5994 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
5995 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
5996 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
5997
5998 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
5999 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6000 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
6001
6002 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
6003
6004 CHANGES WITH 223:
6005
6006 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
6007 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
6008 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
6009 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
6010
6011 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
6012 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
6013
6014 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
6015 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
6016
6017 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
6018
6019 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
6020 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
6021 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
6022
6023 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
6024 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
6025 decapsulated packet.
6026
6027 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
6028 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
6029 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
6030 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
6031 netlink attribute.
6032
6033 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
6034 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
6035 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
6036 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
6037
6038 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
6039 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
6040 according to RFC2460.
6041
6042 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
6043 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
6044
6045 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
6046 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
6047 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
6048
6049 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
6050 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
6051 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
6052 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
6053 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
6054 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
6055
6056 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
6057 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6058 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
6059 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
6060 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
6061 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
6062 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
6063 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
6064 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
6065 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6066
6067 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
6068
6069 CHANGES WITH 222:
6070
6071 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
6072 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
6073 or should be used to work around such bugs.
6074
6075 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
6076 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
6077
6078 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
6079 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
6080 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
6081 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
6082 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
6083
6084 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
6085 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
6086 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
6087
6088 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
6089 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
6090 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
6091 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
6092 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
6093
6094 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
6095
6096 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
6097 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
6098 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
6099 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
6100 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
6101 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6102 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
6103 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
6104 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6105 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6106
6107 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
6108
6109 CHANGES WITH 221:
6110
6111 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
6112 stable and have been added to the official interface of
6113 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
6114 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
6115 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
6116 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
6117 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
6118 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
6119 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
6120 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
6121 portable to other kernels.
6122
6123 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
6124 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
6125 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
6126 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
6127 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
6128 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
6129 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
6130 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
6131 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
6132 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
6133 systemd enabled.
6134
6135 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
6136 2.26.
6137
6138 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
6139 favor of calling an abstraction tool
6140 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
6141 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
6142 in README for details.
6143
6144 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
6145 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
6146 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
6147 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
6148 unit.
6149
6150 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
6151 into man pages.
6152
6153 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
6154 external project.
6155
6156 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
6157 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
6158
6159 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
6160 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
6161 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
6162 state.
6163
6164 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
6165 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
6166 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
6167
6168 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
6169 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
6170 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
6171 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
6172 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
6173 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
6174 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
6175 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
6176 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
6177 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
6178 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
6179 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
6180 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
6181 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6182 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
6183 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6184
6185 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
6186
6187 CHANGES WITH 220:
6188
6189 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
6190 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
6191 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
6192 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
6193 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
6194 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
6195 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
6196 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
6197
6198 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
6199 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
6200 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
6201 service consumed). This value is only available if
6202 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
6203 in the "systemctl status" output.
6204
6205 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
6206 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
6207 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
6208 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
6209 previously was already the default behaviour).
6210
6211 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
6212 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
6213 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
6214
6215 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
6216 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
6217 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
6218 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
6219
6220 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
6221 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
6222 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
6223 journalling file systems that support external journal
6224 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
6225 systems to be mounted.
6226
6227 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
6228 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
6229 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
6230 stable release this should not be problematic.
6231
6232 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
6233 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
6234 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
6235 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
6236 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
6237
6238 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
6239 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
6240 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
6241 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
6242 network switches.
6243
6244 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
6245 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
6246
6247 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
6248 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
6249 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
6250
6251 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
6252
6253 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
6254 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
6255 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
6256 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
6257 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
6258 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
6259 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
6260 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
6261 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
6262 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
6263 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
6264 been fixed in v220.
6265
6266 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
6267 systemd-networkd.
6268
6269 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
6270 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
6271 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
6272 containers started from the command line.
6273
6274 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
6275 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
6276
6277 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
6278 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
6279 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
6280 indirection via a pseudo tty.
6281
6282 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
6283 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
6284 when shutting down.
6285
6286 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
6287 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
6288 overlayfs support.
6289
6290 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
6291 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
6292 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
6293 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
6294 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
6295 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
6296 images are imported via systemd-importd.
6297
6298 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
6299 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
6300 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
6301
6302 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
6303 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
6304 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
6305 of v1 as before).
6306
6307 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
6308 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
6309
6310 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
6311 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
6312 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
6313 without further privileges or authorization.
6314
6315 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
6316 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
6317 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
6318 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
6319 accessible via a bus interface.
6320
6321 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
6322 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
6323 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
6324 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
6325 to cover this functionality.
6326
6327 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
6328 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
6329 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
6330 disabled/masked also stopped.
6331
6332 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
6333 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
6334 updated to support systemd-boot.
6335
6336 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
6337 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
6338 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
6339 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
6340 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
6341 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
6342 like this and can extract OS release information from them
6343 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
6344 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
6345
6346 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
6347 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
6348 system.
6349
6350 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
6351 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
6352 logic has been turned into a allow list that requires picking block
6353 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
6354
6355 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
6356 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
6357 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
6358 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
6359
6360 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
6361 stick devices has been added.
6362
6363 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
6364 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
6365
6366 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
6367 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
6368 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
6369 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
6370 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
6371
6372 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
6373 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
6374 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
6375
6376 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
6377 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
6378 Debian.
6379
6380 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
6381 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
6382 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
6383
6384 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
6385 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
6386 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
6387 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
6388 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
6389 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
6390 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
6391 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6392 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
6393 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
6394 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
6395 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
6396 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
6397 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
6398 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
6399 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
6400 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
6401 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6402 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
6403 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
6404 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
6405 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
6406 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
6407 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
6408 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
6409 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
6410 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6411
6412 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
6413
6414 CHANGES WITH 219:
6415
6416 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
6417 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
6418 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
6419 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
6420 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
6421 interface with and update the database.
6422
6423 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
6424 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
6425 before bytewise copying is done.
6426
6427 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
6428 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
6429 directory, and immediately removed when the container
6430 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
6431 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
6432 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
6433 for starting a container off the root file system of the
6434 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
6435 available on btrfs file systems.
6436
6437 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
6438 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
6439 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
6440 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
6441 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
6442 systems.
6443
6444 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
6445 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
6446 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
6447 mount point remains.
6448
6449 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
6450 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
6451 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
6452 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
6453 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
6454 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
6455 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
6456 are disabled.
6457
6458 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
6459 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
6460 container to the host or vice versa.
6461
6462 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
6463 mount host directories into local containers. This is
6464 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
6465
6466 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
6467 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
6468
6469 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
6470 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
6471 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
6472 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
6473 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
6474 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
6475 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
6476 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
6477 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
6478 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
6479 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
6480 make the functionality of importd available to the
6481 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
6482 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
6483 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
6484 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
6485 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
6486 only fully supported on btrfs.
6487
6488 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
6489 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
6490 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
6491 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
6492 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
6493 information about images.
6494
6495 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
6496 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
6497 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
6498 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
6499 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
6500 legacy file systems).
6501
6502 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
6503 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
6504 shown in networkctl output.
6505
6506 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
6507 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
6508 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
6509 processes as system services while interactively
6510 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
6511 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
6512 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
6513 full login session, the difference being that the former
6514 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
6515 setup.
6516
6517 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
6518 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
6519 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
6520 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
6521 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
6522
6523 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
6524 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
6525 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
6526 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
6527 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
6528 via qemu/kvm.
6529
6530 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
6531 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
6532 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
6533 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
6534 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
6535 disk images, too.
6536
6537 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
6538 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
6539 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
6540 integrate with that.
6541
6542 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
6543 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
6544 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
6545 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
6546
6547 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
6548 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
6549 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
6550
6551 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
6552 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
6553 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
6554 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
6555 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
6556 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
6557 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
6558 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
6559 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
6560 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
6561
6562 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
6563 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
6564 files.
6565
6566 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
6567 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
6568 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
6569 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
6570 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
6571 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
6572 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
6573 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
6574 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
6575 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
6576 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
6577 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
6578 explicitly turned on.
6579
6580 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
6581 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
6582 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
6583 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
6584
6585 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
6586 supported.
6587
6588 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
6589 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
6590 user/session following the status output. Similar,
6591 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
6592 associated with a virtual machine or container
6593 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
6594 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
6595 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
6596 output however.)
6597
6598 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
6599 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
6600 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
6601 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
6602 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
6603 caller's session/user.
6604
6605 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
6606 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
6607 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
6608 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
6609 user services.
6610
6611 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
6612 same way as unit files.
6613
6614 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
6615 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
6616 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
6617 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
6618 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
6619 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
6620 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
6621 the host.
6622
6623 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
6624 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
6625 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
6626 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
6627 the host as if their services were running directly on the
6628 host.
6629
6630 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
6631 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
6632 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
6633 updated to make use of it too by default.
6634
6635 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
6636 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
6637 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
6638 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
6639
6640 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
6641 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
6642 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
6643 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
6644 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
6645 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
6646 modification.
6647
6648 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
6649 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
6650 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
6651 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
6652 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
6653 information about Touchpad types.
6654
6655 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
6656 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
6657
6658 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
6659 Policy link field.
6660
6661 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
6662 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
6663
6664 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
6665 ACLs on files.
6666
6667 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
6668 tmpfs, automatically.
6669
6670 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
6671 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
6672 status" output, if available.
6673
6674 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
6675 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
6676 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
6677 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
6678 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
6679 run on next reboot.
6680
6681 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
6682 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
6683 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
6684 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
6685 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
6686 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
6687 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
6688
6689 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
6690 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
6691 after a configurable timeout.
6692
6693 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
6694 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
6695 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
6696 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
6697 it non-idle.
6698
6699 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
6700 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
6701
6702 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
6703 each .network interface in networkd.
6704
6705 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
6706 in .network files.
6707
6708 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
6709 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
6710
6711 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
6712 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
6713 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
6714 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
6715 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
6716 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
6717 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
6718 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
6719 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
6720 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
6721 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
6722 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6723 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
6724 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
6725 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
6726 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
6727 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
6728 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
6729 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
6730 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6731 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
6732 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
6733 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
6734 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6735
6736 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
6737
6738 CHANGES WITH 218:
6739
6740 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
6741 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
6742 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
6743 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
6744
6745 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
6746 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
6747 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
6748 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
6749 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
6750
6751 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
6752
6753 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
6754 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
6755 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
6756 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
6757 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
6758 modified configuration after editing.
6759
6760 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
6761 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
6762 system preset files.
6763
6764 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
6765 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
6766 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
6767 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
6768 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
6769 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
6770 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
6771 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
6772 other contexts.
6773
6774 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
6775 inhibitors.
6776
6777 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
6778 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
6779 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
6780 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
6781 managers.
6782
6783 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
6784 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
6785 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
6786 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
6787 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
6788 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
6789 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
6790 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
6791 parallel to journald.
6792
6793 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
6794 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
6795 available.
6796
6797 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
6798 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
6799 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
6800 or are not older than the specified time.
6801
6802 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
6803 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
6804 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
6805 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
6806
6807 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
6808 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
6809 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
6810 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
6811 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
6812 communication.
6813
6814 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
6815 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
6816 services.
6817
6818 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
6819 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
6820 including their signature and values. This is particularly
6821 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
6822 the new "busctl tree" command.
6823
6824 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
6825 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
6826 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
6827 friendly way.
6828
6829 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
6830 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
6831 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
6832 race-ful way.
6833
6834 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
6835 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
6836 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
6837 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
6838 --link-journal=try-guest.
6839
6840 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
6841 stable MAC addresses.
6842
6843 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
6844 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
6845 the respective unit shall use.
6846
6847 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
6848 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
6849 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
6850 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
6851
6852 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
6853 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
6854 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
6855 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
6856 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
6857 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
6858
6859 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
6860 details see:
6861
6862 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
6863
6864 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
6865 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
6866 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
6867 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
6868 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
6869 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
6870 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
6871 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
6872 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
6873 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
6874 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
6875 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
6876
6877 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
6878 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
6879 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
6880 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
6881 bluetooth, ...) is used.
6882
6883 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
6884 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
6885 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
6886 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
6887 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
6888 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
6889 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
6890 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
6891
6892 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
6893 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
6894 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
6895 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
6896 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
6897 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
6898 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
6899 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
6900 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
6901 interface.
6902
6903 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
6904 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
6905 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
6906 luks.name= argument.
6907
6908 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
6909 (this was previously already available for scope and service
6910 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
6911 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
6912 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
6913 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
6914
6915 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
6916 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
6917 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
6918
6919 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
6920 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
6921 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
6922 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
6923 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
6924 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
6925 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
6926 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6927 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
6928 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
6929 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
6930 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
6931 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
6932 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
6933 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
6934 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6935 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
6936 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6937
6938 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
6939
6940 CHANGES WITH 217:
6941
6942 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
6943 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
6944 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
6945 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
6946
6947 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
6948 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
6949 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
6950 now waits until the operation is complete.
6951
6952 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
6953 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
6954 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
6955 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
6956 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
6957 connection.
6958
6959 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
6960 commands anymore.
6961
6962 * User units are now loaded also from
6963 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
6964 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
6965 supported, but is under the control of the user.
6966
6967 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
6968 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
6969 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
6970 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
6971 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
6972 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
6973 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
6974 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
6975 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
6976 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
6977 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
6978 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
6979 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
6980 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
6981 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
6982 question.
6983
6984 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
6985 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
6986 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
6987
6988 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
6989 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
6990 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
6991 command line to trigger resume.
6992
6993 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
6994 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
6995 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
6996 Desktop=systemd-console.
6997
6998 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
6999 systemd-networkd.
7000
7001 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
7002 from the information provided by the networking stack
7003 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
7004
7005 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
7006 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
7007
7008 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
7009 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
7010 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
7011
7012 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
7013
7014 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
7015 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
7016 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
7017 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
7018 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
7019 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
7020
7021 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
7022 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
7023 respected.
7024
7025 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
7026 virtualization.
7027
7028 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
7029 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
7030 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
7031 on.
7032
7033 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
7034
7035 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
7036
7037 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
7038 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
7039 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
7040 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
7041 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
7042 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
7043 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
7044
7045 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
7046 available for service units, that allows locking all service
7047 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
7048 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
7049 from the service's view entirely.
7050
7051 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
7052 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
7053
7054 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
7055 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
7056 session.
7057
7058 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
7059 legacy-free systems.
7060
7061 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
7062 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
7063 easily.
7064
7065 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
7066 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
7067 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
7068 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
7069 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
7070 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
7071 option.
7072
7073 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
7074 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
7075 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
7076 /usr.
7077
7078 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
7079 services, not only the main process.
7080
7081 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
7082 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
7083 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
7084 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
7085 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
7086
7087 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
7088 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
7089 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
7090 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
7091 directly from now on, again.
7092
7093 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
7094 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
7095 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
7096 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
7097 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
7098 enabling and disabling.
7099
7100 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
7101 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
7102 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
7103 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
7104 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
7105 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
7106 unnecessary or unlikely.
7107
7108 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
7109 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
7110 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7111 "annually", "hourly", ...).
7112
7113 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
7114 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
7115 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
7116 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
7117 overwritten at runtime.
7118
7119 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
7120 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
7121 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
7122 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
7123 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
7124 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
7125 segmentation fault.
7126
7127 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
7128 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
7129 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7130 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
7131 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
7132 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
7133 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
7134 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
7135 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
7136 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
7137 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7138 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
7139 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
7140 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
7141 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
7142 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
7143 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
7144 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
7145 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7146 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
7147 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
7148 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7149
7150 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
7151
7152 CHANGES WITH 216:
7153
7154 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
7155 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
7156 implementations should add a
7157
7158 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
7159
7160 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
7161 default functionality.
7162
7163 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
7164 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
7165 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
7166 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
7167 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
7168 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
7169 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
7170 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
7171 files might need to be owned by them. A new
7172 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
7173 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
7174 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
7175 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
7176
7177 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
7178 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
7179 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
7180 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
7181 added eventually, too.
7182
7183 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
7184 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
7185 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
7186 new command to update these fields.
7187
7188 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
7189 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
7190 have been discovered via DHCP.
7191
7192 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
7193 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
7194 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
7195 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
7196 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
7197 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
7198 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
7199 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
7200 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
7201 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
7202 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
7203 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
7204 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
7205 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
7206 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
7207 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
7208 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
7209 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
7210 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
7211 implementation to systemd-resolved.
7212
7213 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
7214 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
7215 containers to their respective IP addresses.
7216
7217 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
7218 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
7219 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
7220 and present it to the user in a very friendly
7221 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
7222 control utility for networkd.
7223
7224 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
7225 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
7226 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
7227 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
7228 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
7229 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
7230 (NoDelay=).
7231
7232 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
7233 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
7234
7235 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
7236 be started only after time-sync.target has been
7237 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
7238 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
7239 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
7240 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
7241
7242 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
7243 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
7244 of the link.
7245
7246 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
7247 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
7248
7249 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
7250 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
7251
7252 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
7253 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
7254 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
7255 for DHCP.
7256
7257 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
7258 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
7259 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
7260 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
7261 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
7262 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
7263 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
7264 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
7265
7266 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
7267 validation of unit files.
7268
7269 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
7270 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
7271 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
7272 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
7273 address may now be configured.
7274
7275 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
7276 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
7277 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
7278 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
7279
7280 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
7281 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
7282
7283 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
7284 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
7285 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
7286 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
7287
7288 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
7289 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
7290 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
7291 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
7292 implementation.
7293
7294 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
7295 journal data to a remote system running
7296 systemd-journal-remote.
7297
7298 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
7299 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
7300 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
7301 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
7302 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
7303 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
7304 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
7305 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
7306 version, you have to turn this option on again
7307 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
7308
7309 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
7310 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
7311 better than XZ which was the previous default.
7312
7313 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
7314 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
7315
7316 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
7317 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
7318
7319 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
7320 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
7321 "systemctl status" output for a service.
7322
7323 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
7324 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
7325 hostname, root password) interactively on first
7326 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
7327 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
7328
7329 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
7330
7331 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
7332
7333 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
7334 when primary addresses are removed.
7335
7336 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
7337 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
7338 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
7339 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
7340 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
7341 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
7342 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7343 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
7344 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
7345 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
7346 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
7347 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
7348 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
7349 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
7350 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7351
7352 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
7353
7354 CHANGES WITH 215:
7355
7356 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
7357 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
7358 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
7359 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
7360 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
7361 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
7362 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
7363 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
7364 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
7365 require.
7366
7367 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
7368 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
7369
7370 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
7371 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
7372 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
7373 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
7374 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
7375 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
7376 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
7377
7378 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
7379 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
7380 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
7381 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
7382 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
7383 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
7384 update or reset should use this condition and order
7385 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
7386 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
7387 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
7388 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
7389 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
7390 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
7391 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
7392 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
7393 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
7394
7395 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
7396
7397 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
7398 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
7399 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
7400 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
7401
7402 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
7403 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
7404 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
7405 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
7406 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
7407 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
7408 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
7409 .network files using settings of this section should be
7410 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
7411 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
7412
7413 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
7414 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
7415
7416 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
7417 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
7418 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
7419 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
7420 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
7421 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
7422 of nspawn instances.
7423
7424 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
7425 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
7426 added.
7427
7428 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
7429 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
7430 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
7431 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
7432 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
7433 configuration stored in /etc.
7434
7435 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
7436 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
7437 parsing of unknown mount options.
7438
7439 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
7440 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
7441 it already exist and not already be the correct
7442 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
7443 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
7444 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
7445 pre-existing files of different types.
7446
7447 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
7448 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
7449 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
7450 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
7451 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
7452 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
7453 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
7454
7455 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
7456 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
7457 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
7458 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
7459 shall be executed.
7460
7461 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
7462 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
7463 example whether it is fully up and running.
7464
7465 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
7466 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
7467 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
7468 reset.
7469
7470 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
7471 most basic services systemd ships by default.
7472
7473 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
7474 field for defining the default instance to create if a
7475 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
7476
7477 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
7478 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
7479 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
7480
7481 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
7482 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
7483 access to this group.
7484
7485 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
7486 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
7487 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
7488 to the journal.
7489
7490 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
7491 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
7492 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
7493 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
7494 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
7495 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
7496
7497 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
7498 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
7499 that makes sure to only show information about the most
7500 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
7501 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
7502 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
7503 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
7504 the old name to the new name.
7505
7506 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
7507 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
7508 coredumpctl without restrictions.
7509
7510 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
7511 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
7512 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
7513 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
7514 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
7515 "systemd-debug-generator".
7516
7517 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
7518 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
7519 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
7520 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
7521 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
7522 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
7523 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
7524 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
7525 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
7526 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
7527 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
7528
7529 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
7530 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
7531 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
7532 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
7533 been added to query many of these paths for the local
7534 machine and user.
7535
7536 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
7537 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
7538 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
7539 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
7540 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
7541
7542 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
7543 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
7544 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
7545 couple of drop-in directories.
7546
7547 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
7548 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
7549 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
7550 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
7551 for dev_port.
7552
7553 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
7554 container (read from /etc/os-release and
7555 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
7556 "machinectl status" for a machine.
7557
7558 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
7559 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
7560 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
7561 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
7562 Restart= setting.
7563
7564 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
7565 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
7566 directly connect to a specific container on the
7567 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
7568 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
7569 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
7570 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
7571 containers is a privileged operation.
7572
7573 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
7574 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
7575 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
7576 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
7577 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7578 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
7579 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
7580 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
7581 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
7582 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
7583 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
7584 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7585
7586 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
7587
7588 CHANGES WITH 214:
7589
7590 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
7591 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
7592 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
7593 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
7594 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
7595 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
7596 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
7597 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
7598 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
7599 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
7600 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
7601 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
7602 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
7603 devices are excluded from this logic.
7604
7605 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
7606 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
7607 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
7608 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
7609 change has been released.
7610
7611 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
7612 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
7613 libattr is thus unnecessary.
7614
7615 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
7616 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
7617 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
7618 with fewer privileges.
7619
7620 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
7621 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
7622 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
7623 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
7624
7625 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
7626 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
7627
7628 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
7629 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
7630
7631 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
7632 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
7633 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
7634
7635 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
7636 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
7637 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
7638 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
7639 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
7640 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
7641
7642 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
7643 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
7644 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
7645
7646 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
7647 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
7648 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
7649 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
7650 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
7651 modifications of user data or system files from
7652 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
7653 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
7654
7655 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
7656 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
7657 and FIFOs in the file system.
7658
7659 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
7660 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
7661 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
7662
7663 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
7664 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
7665 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
7666 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
7667 the socket itself.
7668
7669 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
7670 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
7671 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
7672 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
7673 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
7674 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
7675 symlinks, and nothing else.
7676
7677 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
7678 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
7679 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
7680 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
7681 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
7682 process (for example, the parent process). The
7683 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
7684 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
7685 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
7686 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
7687 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
7688 messages to services when the originating process already
7689 vanished.
7690
7691 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
7692 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
7693 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
7694 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
7695 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
7696 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
7697 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
7698 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
7699 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
7700 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
7701 all long-running services.
7702
7703 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
7704 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
7705 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
7706 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
7707 service.
7708
7709 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
7710 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
7711 applied to all submounts, too.
7712
7713 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
7714
7715 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
7716 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
7717 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
7718 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
7719 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
7720 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
7721 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
7722
7723 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
7724 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
7725 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
7726 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
7727 (domU) domains.
7728
7729 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
7730 files or entire directories.
7731
7732 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
7733 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
7734 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
7735 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
7736 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
7737
7738 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
7739 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
7740 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
7741 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
7742 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
7743 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
7744 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
7745 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
7746 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
7747 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
7748 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
7749 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
7750
7751 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
7752 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
7753 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
7754 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
7755
7756 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
7757 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
7758 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
7759 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
7760 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
7761 non-directories.
7762
7763 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
7764 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
7765 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
7766
7767 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
7768 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
7769 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
7770 this group.
7771
7772 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
7773 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
7774 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
7775 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
7776 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7777 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
7778 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7779
7780 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
7781
7782 CHANGES WITH 213:
7783
7784 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
7785 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
7786 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
7787 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
7788 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
7789 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
7790 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
7791 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
7792 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
7793 client should be more than appropriate for most
7794 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
7795 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
7796 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
7797 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
7798 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
7799 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
7800 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
7801 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
7802 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
7803 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
7804 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
7805
7806 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
7807 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
7808 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
7809 part of a different namespace.
7810
7811 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
7812 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
7813 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
7814 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
7815
7816 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
7817 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
7818 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
7819
7820 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
7821 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
7822 when a service fails. This works similarly to
7823 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
7824 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
7825 restart the service in question.
7826
7827 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
7828 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
7829 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
7830 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
7831 details when running non-locally.
7832
7833 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
7834 graphs it generates.
7835
7836 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
7837 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
7838 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
7839 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
7840 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
7841
7842 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
7843
7844 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
7845 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
7846 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
7847 what it was on SysV systems.
7848
7849 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
7850 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
7851
7852 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
7853 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
7854 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
7855
7856 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
7857 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
7858 to show these addresses in its output.
7859
7860 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
7861 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
7862 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
7863 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
7864 preferred over a text one.
7865
7866 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
7867 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
7868 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
7869 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
7870 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
7871 mDNS cache.
7872
7873 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
7874 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
7875 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
7876 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
7877 of network configuration performed in some other way.
7878
7879 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
7880 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
7881 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
7882 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
7883 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
7884
7885 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
7886 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
7887 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
7888 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
7889 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
7890 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
7891 overrides any other settings.
7892
7893 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
7894 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7895 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
7896 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
7897 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
7898 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
7899 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
7900 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
7901 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7902 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
7903 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
7904 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
7905 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
7906 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
7907 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
7908 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
7909 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7910
7911 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
7912
7913 CHANGES WITH 212:
7914
7915 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
7916 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
7917 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
7918 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
7919 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
7920 by accident.
7921
7922 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
7923 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
7924 registered with machined.
7925
7926 * sd-login gained new calls
7927 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
7928 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
7929 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
7930 counterparts.
7931
7932 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
7933 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
7934 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
7935 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
7936 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
7937 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
7938 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
7939 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
7940 once.
7941
7942 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
7943 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
7944 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
7945
7946 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
7947 units on all local containers, when used with the
7948 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
7949 executed when no parameters are specified).
7950
7951 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
7952 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
7953 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
7954 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
7955
7956 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
7957 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
7958 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
7959 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
7960 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
7961 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
7962
7963 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
7964 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
7965 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
7966 of the container.
7967
7968 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
7969 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
7970 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
7971 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
7972 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
7973 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
7974 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
7975 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
7976
7977 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
7978 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
7979 instead of /.
7980
7981 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
7982 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
7983 emergency messages now.
7984
7985 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
7986 journal log messages across the network.
7987
7988 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
7989 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
7990 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
7991 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
7992 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
7993 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
7994 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
7995
7996 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
7997 down a local OS container.
7998
7999 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
8000 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
8001 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
8002
8003 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
8004 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
8005 this is appropriate.
8006
8007 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
8008 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
8009 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
8010
8011 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
8012 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
8013 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
8014 for debugging purposes.
8015
8016 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
8017 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
8018 in seconds.
8019
8020 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
8021 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
8022 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
8023 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
8024 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
8025 like on traditional inetd.
8026
8027 * A new system.conf configuration option
8028 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
8029 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
8030
8031 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
8032 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
8033 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
8034 do these days).
8035
8036 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
8037 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
8038 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
8039 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
8040 could not take place because the system was powered off.
8041 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
8042
8043 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
8044 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
8045 it will be triggered.
8046
8047 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
8048 addresses to its local interfaces.
8049
8050 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
8051 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
8052 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
8053 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
8054 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
8055 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
8056 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
8057 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
8058 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8059
8060 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
8061
8062 CHANGES WITH 211:
8063
8064 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
8065 added to restrict which socket address families unit
8066 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
8067 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
8068 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
8069 is built on seccomp system call filters.
8070
8071 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
8072 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
8073 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
8074 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
8075 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
8076 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
8077 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
8078 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
8079 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
8080
8081 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
8082 matching against device group names.
8083
8084 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
8085 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
8086 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
8087 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
8088 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
8089 though.
8090
8091 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
8092 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
8093 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
8094 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
8095 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8096 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
8097 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
8098 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
8099 systems prepared appropriately.
8100
8101 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
8102 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
8103 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8104 (see above). This means that installations made with
8105 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
8106 deployed using container managers, completely
8107 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
8108 this feature soon, too.)
8109
8110 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
8111 set up a private macvlan interface for the
8112 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
8113 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
8114
8115 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
8116 using IPv4LL.
8117
8118 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
8119 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
8120 systemd-networkd.
8121
8122 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
8123 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
8124 still not a public API though (unless you specify
8125 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
8126 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
8127
8128 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
8129 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
8130 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
8131 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
8132 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
8133 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
8134 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
8135 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
8136 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
8137 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
8138 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
8139 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
8140 users.
8141
8142 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
8143 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
8144 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
8145 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
8146 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
8147 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
8148 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
8149 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
8150 due to a closed lid.
8151
8152 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
8153 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
8154 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
8155 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
8156 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
8157 order to then act as suspend blocker.
8158
8159 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
8160 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
8161 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
8162 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
8163 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
8164
8165 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
8166 now also work in --scope mode.
8167
8168 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
8169 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
8170 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
8171 promises are made.)
8172
8173 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
8174 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8175 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
8176 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
8177 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
8178 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
8179 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
8180 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
8181 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
8182 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8183
8184 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
8185
8186 CHANGES WITH 210:
8187
8188 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
8189 according to SMACK rules.
8190
8191 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
8192 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
8193
8194 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
8195 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
8196 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
8197
8198 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
8199 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
8200 and machine ID.
8201
8202 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
8203 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
8204 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
8205 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
8206 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
8207 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
8208 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
8209 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
8210 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
8211 backpack or similar.
8212
8213 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
8214 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
8215 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
8216 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
8217 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
8218 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
8219 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
8220 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
8221 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
8222 this on its own.
8223
8224 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
8225 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
8226 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
8227 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
8228
8229 * We will now ship a default .network file for
8230 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
8231 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
8232 --network-bridge= switches.
8233
8234 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
8235 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
8236 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
8237 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
8238 metrics, according to what is customary according to
8239 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
8240 each configuration option.
8241
8242 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
8243 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
8244 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
8245 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
8246 at once.
8247
8248 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
8249 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
8250 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
8251 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
8252 triggered by other work being done in the program.
8253
8254 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
8255 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
8256 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
8257 default however.
8258
8259 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
8260 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
8261 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
8262 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
8263 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
8264 them with systemd-networkd.
8265
8266 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
8267 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
8268 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
8269 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
8270 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
8271 is drastically increased, but given that these are
8272 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
8273 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
8274 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
8275 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
8276 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
8277 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
8278 during a transitional period!
8279
8280 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
8281 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
8282
8283 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
8284 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8285 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
8286 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
8287 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8288 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8289 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
8290 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8291
8292 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
8293
8294 CHANGES WITH 209:
8295
8296 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
8297 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8298 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
8299 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
8300 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8301 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
8302 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
8303 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
8304 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
8305 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
8306 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
8307 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
8308
8309 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
8310 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
8311 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
8312 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
8313 machines and the like.
8314
8315 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
8316 shutdown/boot.
8317
8318 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
8319 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
8320
8321 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
8322 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
8323 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
8324 prepared for additional security frameworks.
8325
8326 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
8327 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8328 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
8329 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8330 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
8331 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
8332
8333 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
8334 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
8335 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
8336 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
8337 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
8338 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
8339 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
8340 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
8341 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
8342
8343 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
8344 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
8345
8346 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
8347 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
8348 implementation.
8349
8350 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
8351 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
8352 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
8353 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
8354 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
8355 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
8356 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
8357 and .service units.
8358
8359 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
8360 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
8361 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
8362
8363 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
8364 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
8365 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
8366 nothing makes use of it.
8367
8368 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
8369 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
8370 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
8371
8372 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
8373 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
8374 compatibility purposes.
8375
8376 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
8377 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
8378 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
8379 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
8380 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
8381 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
8382 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
8383 process handling.
8384
8385 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
8386 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
8387 style to "sd-bus.h".
8388
8389 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
8390 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
8391 "systemd-networkd".
8392
8393 * There is a new kernel command line option
8394 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
8395 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
8396 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
8397 are not restored.
8398
8399 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
8400 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
8401 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
8402 PID1's support for that anymore.
8403
8404 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
8405 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
8406
8407 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
8408 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
8409 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
8410 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
8411 container that is registered with machined, such as those
8412 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
8413
8414 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
8415 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8416 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
8417 onto remote systems.
8418
8419 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
8420 login in any local container. This works with any container
8421 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8422 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
8423
8424 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
8425 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
8426 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
8427 system of some kind.
8428
8429 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
8430 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
8431 next.
8432
8433 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
8434 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
8435 reboot() system call.
8436
8437 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
8438 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8439 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
8440 still available but not advertised anymore.
8441
8442 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
8443 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
8444 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
8445 within each Unit.
8446
8447 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
8448 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8449 the kernel).
8450
8451 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
8452 timestamps (following the setting in
8453 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
8454
8455 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
8456 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
8457
8458 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
8459 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
8460
8461 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
8462 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
8463 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
8464
8465 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
8466 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
8467 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
8468 the full configuration is shown.
8469
8470 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
8471 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
8472 those commands which take multiple unit names.
8473
8474 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
8475
8476 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
8477 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
8478
8479 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
8480 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
8481 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
8482 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
8483
8484 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
8485 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
8486 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
8487 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
8488
8489 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
8490 of the legend text.
8491
8492 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
8493 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
8494 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
8495 remote sessions.
8496
8497 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
8498 information of SDIO devices.
8499
8500 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
8501 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
8502 the system manager.
8503
8504 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
8505 short description of the connection parameters in the
8506 description.
8507
8508 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
8509 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
8510 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
8511 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
8512 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
8513 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
8514 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
8515
8516 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
8517 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
8518 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
8519 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
8520 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
8521 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
8522 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8523 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
8524 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
8525
8526 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
8527 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
8528 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
8529 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8530 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
8531 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
8532 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
8533 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
8534 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
8535 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
8536 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
8537 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
8538 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
8539 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
8540 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
8541 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
8542 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
8543 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
8544 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8545 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
8546 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
8547 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
8548 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
8549
8550 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
8551 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8552 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
8553 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
8554 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
8555 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
8556 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
8557 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
8558 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
8559 that you are aware of the instability of the current
8560 APIs.
8561
8562 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
8563 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8564 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
8565 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
8566 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
8567 declare the APIs stable.
8568
8569 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
8570 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8571 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
8572 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8573 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
8574 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
8575 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
8576 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
8577 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
8578 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
8579 one of them is updated.
8580
8581 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
8582 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
8583 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
8584 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
8585 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
8586
8587 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
8588 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
8589 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
8590 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8591 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
8592 entry points.
8593
8594 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
8595 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
8596 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
8597 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8598 been disabled at compile-time.
8599
8600 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
8601 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
8602 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
8603 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
8604
8605 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
8606 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
8607 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
8608
8609 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
8610 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
8611 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
8612
8613 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
8614 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8615 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
8616
8617 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
8618 remains until jobs expire.
8619
8620 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8621 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
8622 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8623 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
8624 all remaining processes of the service.
8625
8626 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
8627 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
8628 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
8629 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
8630 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8631 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
8632 manager process which created them takes no further
8633 responsibilities for it.
8634
8635 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
8636 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
8637 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
8638 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
8639 marked executable or world-writable.
8640
8641 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8642 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
8643 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
8644 "--setenv=" for consistency.
8645
8646 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
8647 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
8648 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8649 independent of the host.
8650
8651 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
8652 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
8653 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
8654 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
8655
8656 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
8657 with specific SELinux labels set.
8658
8659 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
8660 any additional output but the container's own console
8661 output.
8662
8663 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
8664 container without PID namespacing enabled.
8665
8666 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
8667 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8668 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
8669 OS images, but only specific apps.
8670
8671 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8672 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
8673 results in registration of the unit service itself in
8674 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
8675
8676 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
8677 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
8678 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8679 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
8680 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
8681 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
8682
8683 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
8684 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
8685 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
8686 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
8687 units to use.
8688
8689 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
8690 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
8691 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
8692 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
8693
8694 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
8695 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
8696 context for a service.
8697
8698 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
8699 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8700 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
8701 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
8702 influence this logic.
8703
8704 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
8705 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
8706 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
8707 other things.
8708
8709 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8710 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
8711 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
8712 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
8713 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
8714 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
8715 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
8716 architectures). There is also a global
8717 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
8718 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
8719
8720 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
8721 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
8722
8723 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
8724 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
8725 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
8726 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
8727 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
8728 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
8729 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
8730 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
8731 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8732 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
8733 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
8734 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
8735 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8736 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
8737 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8738 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
8739 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
8740 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
8741 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
8742 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
8743 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8744 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
8745 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
8746 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8747
8748 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
8749
8750 CHANGES WITH 208:
8751
8752 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
8753 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
8754 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
8755 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
8756 access input and drm devices which are normally
8757 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
8758 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
8759 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
8760 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
8761 session switching without allowing background sessions to
8762 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
8763 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
8764 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
8765
8766 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
8767 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
8768 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
8769
8770 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
8771 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
8772 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
8773 kernel version number.
8774
8775 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
8776 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
8777 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
8778
8779 * This release removes high-level support for the
8780 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
8781 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
8782 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
8783 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
8784
8785 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
8786 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
8787 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
8788 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
8789 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
8790 cgroup system.
8791
8792 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
8793 messages containing the slice a message was generated
8794 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
8795 logs among other things.
8796
8797 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
8798 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
8799 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
8800 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
8801 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
8802 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
8803 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
8804 journald which would be necessary to resolve
8805 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
8806 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
8807 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
8808 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
8809 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
8810 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
8811 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
8812 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
8813 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
8814 not delayed until next reboot.
8815
8816 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
8817 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
8818 systemd generated files in one directory.
8819
8820 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
8821 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
8822 performance information if that's available to determine how
8823 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
8824 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
8825 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
8826
8827 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
8828 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
8829 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
8830 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8831 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
8832 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
8833 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8834
8835 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
8836
8837 CHANGES WITH 207:
8838
8839 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
8840 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
8841 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
8842 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
8843
8844 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
8845 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
8846 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
8847 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
8848 specified on the kernel command line less important.
8849
8850 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
8851 retrieve the VT number of a session.
8852
8853 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
8854 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
8855 maximum number of tries.
8856
8857 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
8858 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
8859 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
8860
8861 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
8862 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
8863
8864 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
8865 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
8866 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
8867
8868 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
8869 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
8870 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
8871
8872 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
8873 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
8874 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
8875 and type).
8876
8877 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
8878 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
8879
8880 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
8881 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
8882 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
8883 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
8884
8885 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
8886 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
8887 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
8888 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
8889 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
8890 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
8891 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
8892 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
8893
8894 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
8895 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
8896 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
8897 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
8898
8899 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
8900 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
8901 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
8902 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
8903 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
8904 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
8905 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
8906
8907 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
8908 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
8909
8910 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
8911 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
8912 automatically after the process terminated.
8913
8914 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
8915 certain paths from operation.
8916
8917 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
8918 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
8919 is received.
8920
8921 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
8922 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
8923 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
8924 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
8925 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
8926 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
8927 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8928 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
8929 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
8930 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
8931 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8932 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
8933 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8934
8935 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
8936
8937 CHANGES WITH 206:
8938
8939 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
8940 concepts introduced with 205.
8941
8942 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
8943 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
8944 -r".
8945
8946 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
8947 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
8948 --state= parameter.
8949
8950 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
8951 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
8952 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
8953 the journal.
8954
8955 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
8956 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
8957 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
8958
8959 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
8960 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
8961 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
8962 browsing logs from that point on.
8963
8964 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
8965 of an FSS key.
8966
8967 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
8968 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
8969 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
8970 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
8971 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
8972 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
8973 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
8974 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
8975 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
8976 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
8977 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
8978 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
8979 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
8980 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
8981
8982 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
8983 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
8984 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
8985 backing module right-away.
8986
8987 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
8988 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
8989
8990 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
8991 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
8992
8993 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
8994 set of processes in the message metadata.
8995
8996 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
8997
8998 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
8999 support for passing performance data via environment
9000 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
9001 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
9002 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
9003 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
9004 deserialize it again.
9005
9006 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
9007 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
9008 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
9009 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
9010
9011 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
9012 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
9013 completely silent shutdown when used.
9014
9015 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
9016 option in .socket units.
9017
9018 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
9019 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
9020 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
9021 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
9022 system.slice as before.
9023
9024 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
9025
9026 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
9027 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
9028 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9029 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
9030 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
9031 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
9032 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9033
9034 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
9035
9036 CHANGES WITH 205:
9037
9038 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
9039
9040 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
9041 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
9042 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
9043 possible for system services and applications to group their
9044 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
9045 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
9046 together, or apply resource limits on them.
9047
9048 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
9049 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
9050 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
9051 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
9052 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
9053
9054 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
9055 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
9056 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
9057 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
9058
9059 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
9060 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
9061 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
9062 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
9063 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
9064 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
9065 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
9066 and useful as a general batch manager.
9067
9068 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
9069 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
9070 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
9071 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
9072 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
9073 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
9074 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
9075 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
9076 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
9077 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
9078
9079 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
9080 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
9081 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
9082 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
9083 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
9084 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
9085 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
9086 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
9087 is compile-time optional.
9088
9089 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
9090 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
9091 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
9092 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
9093 well as slice units.
9094
9095 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
9096 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
9097 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
9098 but will be extended later on to make more properties
9099 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
9100 command that wraps this call.
9101
9102 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
9103 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
9104 while configuring a number of settings via the command
9105 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
9106 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
9107 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
9108 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
9109
9110 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
9111 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
9112 off audit.
9113
9114 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
9115 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
9116
9117 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
9118 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
9119 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
9120 and system logs.
9121
9122 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
9123 snippets extending unit files.
9124
9125 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
9126 not available as public API.
9127
9128 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
9129 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
9130 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
9131
9132 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
9133 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
9134 controls what to boot into by default.
9135
9136 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
9137 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
9138
9139 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
9140 generators needed for execution, as well as information
9141 about the unit file loading.
9142
9143 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
9144 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
9145 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
9146 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
9147 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
9148 racy due to journal file rotation.
9149
9150 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
9151 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
9152 all services.
9153
9154 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
9155 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
9156 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
9157 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
9158 system services want to log events about specific client
9159 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
9160 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
9161 unit is requested.
9162
9163 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
9164 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
9165 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
9166 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
9167 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
9168 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9169 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
9170 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
9171 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
9172 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
9173 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9174 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
9175 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
9176
9177 CHANGES WITH 204:
9178
9179 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
9180 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
9181
9182 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
9183 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
9184 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
9185
9186 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
9187 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9188
9189 CHANGES WITH 203:
9190
9191 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
9192 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
9193
9194 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
9195 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
9196 fields, including the root directory.
9197
9198 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
9199 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
9200 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
9201 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
9202 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
9203 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
9204 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
9205 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
9206 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
9207 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
9208 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
9209
9210 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
9211 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
9212
9213 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
9214 have taken an inhibitor lock.
9215
9216 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
9217 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
9218 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
9219 the local hostname.
9220
9221 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
9222 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
9223 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
9224 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
9225 VMs/containers coming and going.
9226
9227 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
9228 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
9229 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
9230
9231 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
9232 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
9233 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
9234 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
9235
9236 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
9237 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
9238 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
9239
9240 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
9241 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
9242 services. With the container's root directory in
9243 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
9244 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
9245
9246 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
9247 the processes within a certain container.
9248
9249 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
9250 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
9251 check though. Patches welcome!
9252
9253 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
9254 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
9255 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
9256 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
9257 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
9258
9259 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
9260 the passed argument if applicable.
9261
9262 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9263 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9264 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
9265 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9266 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
9267 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
9268 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9269 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9270
9271 CHANGES WITH 202:
9272
9273 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
9274 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
9275 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
9276 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
9277 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
9278 units activate.
9279
9280 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
9281 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
9282 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
9283 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
9284 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
9285 for now, and not installable.
9286
9287 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
9288 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
9289 can run in conjunction with udev.
9290
9291 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
9292 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
9293 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
9294 session manager.
9295
9296 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
9297 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
9298 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
9299 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
9300 services, user processes and containers/virtual
9301 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
9302 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
9303 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
9304 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
9305 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
9306 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
9307
9308 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
9309
9310 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
9311 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
9312 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
9313 logical expressions.
9314
9315 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
9316 switches.
9317
9318 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
9319 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
9320 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
9321 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
9322 the user.
9323
9324 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
9325 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
9326 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
9327 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
9328 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
9329 an entry.
9330
9331 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
9332 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9333 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
9334 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9335 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
9336 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9337
9338 CHANGES WITH 201:
9339
9340 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
9341 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
9342 directory.
9343
9344 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
9345 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
9346 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
9347 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
9348 problem.
9349
9350 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
9351 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
9352 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
9353 before the key file is attempted to be read.
9354
9355 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
9356 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
9357
9358 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
9359 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
9360 files in this context are files such as
9361 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
9362
9363 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
9364 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
9365 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
9366 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
9367 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
9368 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
9369
9370 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
9371 hostnames.
9372
9373 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
9374 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
9375 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
9376 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
9377 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
9378 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
9379 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
9380 all time-related output of systemd.
9381
9382 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
9383 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
9384 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
9385 loops.
9386
9387 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
9388 (models, layouts, variants, options).
9389
9390 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
9391 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
9392 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
9393 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
9394 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
9395
9396 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
9397 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
9398 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
9399 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
9400 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
9401 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
9402 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
9403
9404 CHANGES WITH 200:
9405
9406 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
9407 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
9408 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
9409 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
9410 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
9411 middle ground between physical and access time order.
9412
9413 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
9414 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
9415 images.
9416
9417 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
9418 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
9419 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9420
9421 CHANGES WITH 199:
9422
9423 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
9424
9425 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
9426 security policy.
9427
9428 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
9429 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
9430 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
9431 shared by all processes of a service (which means
9432 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
9433 the same service can still access). When a service is
9434 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
9435 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
9436 this though).
9437
9438 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
9439 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
9440 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
9441 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
9442 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
9443 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
9444
9445 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
9446 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
9447
9448 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
9449 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
9450
9451 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
9452
9453 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
9454 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
9455 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
9456 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
9457 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
9458
9459 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
9460 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
9461 system is to be mounted.
9462
9463 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
9464 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
9465 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
9466 purpose for socket units.
9467
9468 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
9469 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
9470
9471 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
9472 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
9473 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
9474 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
9475 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
9476
9477 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
9478 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
9479 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9480 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9481 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
9482 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
9483 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9484 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9485 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9486
9487 CHANGES WITH 198:
9488
9489 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
9490 files without having to edit/override the unit files
9491 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
9492 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
9493 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
9494 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
9495 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
9496 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
9497 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
9498 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
9499 unit files locally: copying the files from
9500 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
9501 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
9502 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
9503 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
9504 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
9505 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
9506 for them too.
9507
9508 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
9509 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
9510 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
9511 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
9512 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
9513 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
9514 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
9515 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
9516 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
9517
9518 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
9519 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
9520
9521 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
9522 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
9523 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
9524 other users.
9525
9526 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
9527 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
9528 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
9529 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
9530 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
9531 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
9532 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
9533 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
9534 management logic is also available to other programs via the
9535 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
9536 supported.
9537
9538 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
9539 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
9540 the foreground VT.
9541
9542 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
9543 call.
9544
9545 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
9546 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
9547 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
9548 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
9549 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
9550 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
9551 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
9552 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
9553 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
9554 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
9555 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
9556 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
9557 also been removed.
9558
9559 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
9560 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
9561 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
9562 objects themselves.
9563
9564 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
9565
9566 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
9567 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
9568 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
9569 to how this is supported in shells.
9570
9571 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
9572 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
9573 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
9574 user systemd instance.
9575
9576 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
9577 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
9578 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
9579 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
9580 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
9581 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
9582 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
9583 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
9584 one day for good in the kernel.
9585
9586 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
9587 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
9588 container.
9589
9590 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
9591 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
9592 the host into the container.
9593
9594 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
9595 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
9596 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
9597 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
9598 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
9599 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
9600
9601 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
9602
9603 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
9604 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
9605 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
9606 configured to be mounted there.
9607
9608 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
9609 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
9610 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
9611 system resume events.
9612
9613 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
9614 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
9615 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
9616 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
9617
9618 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
9619 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
9620 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
9621 card).
9622
9623 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
9624 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
9625 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
9626
9627 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
9628 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
9629 later "change" event.
9630
9631 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
9632 now carry a message ID.
9633
9634 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
9635 continues to be work in progress.
9636
9637 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
9638 root directory to operate relative to.
9639
9640 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
9641 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
9642 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
9643 times a little.
9644
9645 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
9646 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
9647 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
9648 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
9649 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
9650 request boot into firmware operations.
9651
9652 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
9653 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
9654 correctly in initrds.
9655
9656 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
9657 compile time optional via a configure switch.
9658
9659 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
9660 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
9661
9662 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
9663 the status of all active or failed units.
9664
9665 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
9666 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
9667 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
9668 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
9669 requests more robust.
9670
9671 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
9672 reading journal files.
9673
9674 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
9675 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
9676
9677 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
9678
9679 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
9680 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
9681
9682 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
9683 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
9684 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
9685 socket activation in daemons.
9686
9687 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
9688 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
9689
9690 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
9691 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
9692 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
9693
9694 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
9695 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
9696 system units.
9697
9698 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
9699 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
9700 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
9701
9702 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
9703 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
9704 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
9705 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
9706 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
9707 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
9708 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
9709 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
9710 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
9711 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
9712 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
9713 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
9714 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
9715 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
9716 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
9717 package installation time.
9718
9719 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
9720 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
9721 scripts need to create these system user/group at
9722 installation time.
9723
9724 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
9725 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
9726
9727 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
9728
9729 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
9730 available.
9731
9732 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
9733 load SMACK policies at early boot.
9734
9735 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
9736 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
9737 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
9738 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
9739 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9740 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
9741 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
9742 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
9743 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
9744 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
9745 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
9746 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9747 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
9748 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
9749
9750 CHANGES WITH 197:
9751
9752 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
9753 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
9754 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
9755 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
9756 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
9757 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
9758 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
9759 the supported calendar time specification language see
9760 systemd.time(7).
9761
9762 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
9763 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
9764 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
9765 document for details:
9766
9767 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
9768
9769 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
9770 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
9771 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
9772 implementations around and minimal in its code and
9773 dependencies.
9774
9775 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
9776 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
9777 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
9778 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
9779 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
9780 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
9781 with a configure switch.
9782
9783 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
9784 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
9785 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
9786 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
9787 such as ext4.
9788
9789 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
9790 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
9791 identities are attached to the devices as well.
9792
9793 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
9794 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
9795
9796 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
9797 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
9798 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
9799 using only core OS tools.
9800
9801 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
9802 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
9803 implementation of socket activated nspawn
9804 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
9805 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
9806 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
9807 eventually.
9808
9809 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
9810 presenting log data.
9811
9812 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
9813 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
9814
9815 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
9816 system on idle.
9817
9818 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
9819 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
9820 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
9821 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
9822 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
9823 information if possible.
9824
9825 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
9826 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
9827 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
9828
9829 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
9830 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
9831 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
9832 is running on battery power.
9833
9834 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
9835 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
9836 is in the "failed" state.
9837
9838 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
9839 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
9840 environment files at once.
9841
9842 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
9843 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
9844 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
9845 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
9846 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
9847 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
9848 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
9849 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
9850 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
9851 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
9852 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
9853 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
9854 pieces of code locally from the git history.
9855
9856 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
9857 log the unit name in the message meta data.
9858
9859 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
9860 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
9861
9862 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
9863 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
9864 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
9865 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
9866 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
9867 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
9868 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
9869 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
9870 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
9871 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
9872 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
9873 shipped from us upstream.
9874
9875 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
9876 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
9877 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
9878 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
9879 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9880 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
9881 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
9882 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
9883 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
9884 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
9885 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
9886 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
9887 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9888
9889 CHANGES WITH 196:
9890
9891 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
9892 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
9893 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
9894 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
9895 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
9896 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
9897 becoming the one central database for non-essential
9898 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
9899 database was only attached to select devices, since the
9900 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
9901 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
9902 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
9903 data for all devices where this is available, by
9904 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
9905 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
9906 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
9907 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
9908 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
9909 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
9910
9911 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
9912 indexed database to link up additional information with
9913 journal entries. For further details please check:
9914
9915 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
9916
9917 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
9918 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
9919 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
9920 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
9921 macro for this purpose.
9922
9923 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
9924 Python logging framework.
9925
9926 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
9927 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
9928 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
9929 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
9930 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
9931 time intervals.
9932
9933 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
9934 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
9935 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
9936
9937 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
9938 right-away on the selected coredump.
9939
9940 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
9941 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
9942 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
9943
9944 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
9945 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
9946 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
9947 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
9948
9949 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
9950 default.
9951
9952 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
9953 SMACK security label.
9954
9955 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
9956 daylight saving change.
9957
9958 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
9959 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
9960 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
9961 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
9962 distributions who still need support this to either continue
9963 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
9964 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
9965
9966 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
9967 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
9968 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
9969 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
9970 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
9971 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
9972 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
9973
9974 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
9975 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
9976
9977 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
9978 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
9979 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
9980 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
9981 offline updating tools.
9982
9983 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
9984 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
9985 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
9986 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
9987 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
9988 directories for packages to place various data files in.
9989
9990 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
9991 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
9992
9993 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
9994 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9995 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
9996 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9997 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
9998 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
9999 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
10000 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
10001 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10002
10003 CHANGES WITH 195:
10004
10005 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
10006 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
10007 units via --unit=/-u.
10008
10009 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
10010 right thing.
10011
10012 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
10013 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
10014 rotation.
10015
10016 * The journal will now index the available field values for
10017 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
10018 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
10019 completion of journalctl has been updated
10020 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
10021 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
10022
10023 * More service events are now written as structured messages
10024 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
10025
10026 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
10027 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
10028 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
10029 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
10030 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
10031 these settings from the command line now, especially since
10032 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
10033 completion.
10034
10035 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
10036 extract coredumps from the journal.
10037
10038 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
10039 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
10040 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
10041 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
10042 scratch their heads.
10043
10044 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
10045 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
10046
10047 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
10048 in immediate termination of systemd.
10049
10050 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
10051 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
10052
10053 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
10054 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
10055 mouse screen support has been added.
10056
10057 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
10058 Server-Sent-Events as output.
10059
10060 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
10061 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
10062 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
10063 "systemctl reload".
10064
10065 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
10066 -u" instead.
10067
10068 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
10069 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
10070 configured.
10071
10072 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
10073 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
10074
10075 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
10076 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
10077 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
10078 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
10079 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
10080 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
10081 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
10082
10083 CHANGES WITH 194:
10084
10085 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
10086 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
10087 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
10088 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
10089 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
10090 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
10091 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
10092 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
10093 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
10094 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
10095 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
10096 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
10097
10098 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
10099 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
10100 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10101
10102 CHANGES WITH 193:
10103
10104 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
10105 starting from the specified location in the journal.
10106
10107 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
10108 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
10109 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
10110
10111 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
10112 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
10113 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
10114 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
10115 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
10116 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
10117 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
10118
10119 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
10120 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
10121
10122 This will download the journal contents in a
10123 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
10124
10125 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
10126
10127 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
10128 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
10129 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
10130 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
10131 screenshot of this app in its current state:
10132
10133 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
10134
10135 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
10136 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
10137
10138 CHANGES WITH 192:
10139
10140 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
10141 too.
10142
10143 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
10144 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
10145 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
10146 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
10147 just start them.
10148
10149 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
10150 and line break accordingly.
10151
10152 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10153 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
10154
10155 CHANGES WITH 191:
10156
10157 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
10158 container environment, copying the host's timezone
10159 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
10160 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
10161 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
10162
10163 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
10164 will default to 10 if omitted.
10165
10166 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
10167 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
10168 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
10169 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
10170 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
10171
10172 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
10173 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
10174 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
10175 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
10176 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
10177 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
10178 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
10179
10180 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
10181 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
10182 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
10183 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
10184 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
10185 into two.
10186
10187 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
10188 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
10189
10190 CHANGES WITH 190:
10191
10192 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
10193 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
10194 "systemctl status".
10195
10196 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
10197 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
10198 system to another place in the same file system could not be
10199 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
10200 field.)
10201
10202 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
10203 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
10204 default.
10205
10206 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
10207 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
10208 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
10209 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
10210 in a container.
10211
10212 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
10213 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
10214 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
10215 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
10216 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
10217 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
10218
10219 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
10220 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
10221 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
10222 no-op.
10223
10224 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
10225 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
10226 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
10227 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
10228 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
10229
10230 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
10231 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
10232
10233 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
10234 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
10235 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
10236 command.
10237
10238 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
10239 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
10240 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
10241
10242 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
10243
10244 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
10245 multiple files at once.
10246
10247 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
10248 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
10249 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
10250 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
10251 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
10252 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
10253 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
10254
10255 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
10256 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
10257 now support specifiers as well.
10258
10259 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
10260 dir: %_presetdir.
10261
10262 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
10263 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
10264
10265 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
10266 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
10267 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
10268 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
10269 anymore.
10270
10271 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
10272 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
10273 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
10274 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
10275
10276 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
10277 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
10278 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
10279
10280 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
10281 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
10282 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
10283 sockets.
10284
10285 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
10286 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
10287 is changed.
10288
10289 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
10290 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
10291 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
10292 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
10293 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
10294 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
10295 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
10296
10297 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
10298
10299 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
10300 the unit file label and client process label into account.
10301
10302 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
10303 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
10304
10305 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
10306 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
10307 (%b).
10308
10309 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
10310 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
10311 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10312 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10313 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
10314 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10315 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10316
10317 CHANGES WITH 189:
10318
10319 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
10320 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
10321
10322 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
10323 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
10324 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
10325 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
10326 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
10327 syslog daemons again.
10328
10329 * The libudev API gained the new
10330 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
10331
10332 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
10333 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
10334 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
10335 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
10336
10337 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
10338 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
10339 container.
10340
10341 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
10342 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
10343 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
10344 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
10345 this explaining it in more detail.
10346
10347 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
10348 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
10349 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
10350 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
10351
10352 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
10353 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
10354 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
10355 journal files.
10356
10357 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
10358 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
10359 as container init process a lot more fun.
10360
10361 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
10362 entries.
10363
10364 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
10365 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
10366 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
10367 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
10368 different sets of services.
10369
10370 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
10371 failure state.
10372
10373 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
10374 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
10375 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10376
10377 CHANGES WITH 188:
10378
10379 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
10380 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
10381 tree a lot more organized.
10382
10383 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
10384 may be used to group services in a natural way.
10385
10386 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
10387 services.
10388
10389 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
10390 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
10391 filtering by log level now.
10392
10393 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
10394 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
10395 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
10396
10397 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
10398 command lines involving service unit names.
10399
10400 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
10401 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
10402
10403 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
10404 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
10405 and encodes structured information about the error number.
10406
10407 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
10408 option.
10409
10410 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
10411 a shutdown is cancelled.
10412
10413 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
10414 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
10415 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
10416 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
10417 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
10418
10419 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
10420 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
10421 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
10422 for display managers instead.
10423
10424 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
10425 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
10426 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
10427 protection, and suchlike.
10428
10429 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
10430 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
10431 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
10432 the service.
10433
10434 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
10435 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
10436 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
10437 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
10438 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
10439 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10440
10441 CHANGES WITH 187:
10442
10443 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
10444 pages.
10445
10446 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
10447 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
10448 data loss.
10449
10450 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
10451 option.
10452
10453 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
10454
10455 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
10456 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
10457
10458 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
10459 specific directory.
10460
10461 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
10462 messages of two different boots.
10463
10464 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
10465 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
10466 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
10467
10468 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
10469 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
10470 disjunctions.
10471
10472 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
10473 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
10474 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
10475
10476 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
10477 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
10478 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
10479
10480 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
10481 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
10482 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
10483 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
10484 speed things up a bit.
10485
10486 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
10487 header data of journal files.
10488
10489 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
10490 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
10491 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
10492
10493 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
10494 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
10495 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
10496 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
10497
10498 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10499
10500 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
10501 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
10502 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
10503 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10504
10505 CHANGES WITH 186:
10506
10507 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
10508 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
10509 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
10510 prefixed with rd.
10511
10512 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
10513 automatically generated at boot. Use:
10514
10515 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
10516
10517 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
10518
10519 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
10520
10521 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
10522 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
10523 as well.
10524
10525 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
10526 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
10527 in all appropriate directories automatically.
10528
10529 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
10530 does the right thing. Example:
10531
10532 udevadm info /dev/sda
10533 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
10534
10535 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
10536 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
10537 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
10538 running.
10539
10540 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
10541 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
10542
10543 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
10544 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
10545
10546 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
10547 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
10548 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
10549 files.
10550
10551 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
10552 be stopped that is not loaded.
10553
10554 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
10555
10556 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
10557
10558 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
10559 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
10560 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
10561 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
10562
10563 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
10564 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
10565 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
10566 completed initialization.
10567
10568 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
10569
10570 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
10571 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
10572 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
10573 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
10574 distributions.
10575
10576 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
10577 always valid when services log to the journal via
10578 STDOUT/STDERR.
10579
10580 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
10581 command line options we understand.
10582
10583 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
10584 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
10585
10586 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
10587 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
10588
10589 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
10590 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
10591 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
10592 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
10593
10594 systemctl status /home
10595 systemctl status /dev/sda
10596
10597 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
10598 system.conf parsing.
10599
10600 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
10601 Manager object.
10602
10603 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
10604
10605 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
10606
10607 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
10608 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
10609 complete.
10610
10611 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
10612 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
10613 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
10614 systemd-fsck@.service.
10615
10616 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
10617 Manager object.
10618
10619 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
10620 work sensibly.
10621
10622 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
10623 we actually understand.
10624
10625 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
10626 additional capabilities to the container.
10627
10628 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
10629 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
10630 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
10631
10632 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
10633 the current boot only.
10634
10635 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
10636 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
10637
10638 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
10639 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
10640 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
10641 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
10642 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
10643
10644 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10645
10646 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
10647 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10648 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
10649 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
10650
10651 CHANGES WITH 185:
10652
10653 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
10654 available.
10655
10656 * Several new man pages have been added.
10657
10658 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
10659 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
10660 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
10661 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
10662
10663 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
10664 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
10665
10666 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
10667 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
10668 Matthias Clasen
10669
10670 CHANGES WITH 184:
10671
10672 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
10673 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
10674
10675 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
10676 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
10677 daemon.
10678
10679 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
10680 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
10681
10682 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
10683 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
10684 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
10685 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
10686
10687 CHANGES WITH 183:
10688
10689 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
10690 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
10691 and systemd's most recent version number.
10692
10693 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
10694 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
10695 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
10696 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
10697 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
10698 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
10699
10700 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
10701 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
10702 subsystems.
10703
10704 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
10705 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
10706 used to subscribe to events.
10707
10708 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
10709 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
10710 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
10711 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
10712 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
10713 forked by udev rules.
10714
10715 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
10716 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
10717 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
10718 it.
10719
10720 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
10721 udev_monitor_from_socket()
10722 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
10723 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
10724 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
10725
10726 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
10727 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
10728
10729 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
10730 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
10731 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
10732 the files to the new names on upgrade.
10733
10734 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
10735 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
10736 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
10737 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
10738 to be used as drop-in files.
10739
10740 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
10741 particular suspending and hibernating.
10742
10743 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
10744 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
10745 about this in more detail.
10746
10747 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
10748 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
10749 places). Distributions which have not converted these
10750 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
10751 from git history and add them downstream.
10752
10753 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
10754 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
10755 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
10756 units.
10757
10758 * All smaller setup units (such as
10759 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
10760 are run in a container and are skipped when
10761 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
10762 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
10763
10764 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
10765 integrated, for details see:
10766 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
10767
10768 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
10769 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
10770 messages.
10771
10772 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
10773 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
10774 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
10775 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
10776 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
10777
10778 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
10779 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
10780 for all units started by PID 1.
10781
10782 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
10783 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
10784 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
10785
10786 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
10787 of PID 1 anymore.
10788
10789 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
10790 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
10791 have not been read by systemd yet.
10792
10793 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
10794 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
10795 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
10796 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
10797 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
10798 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
10799
10800 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
10801 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
10802
10803 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
10804
10805 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
10806 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
10807 so sexy.
10808
10809 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
10810 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
10811 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
10812 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
10813 patterns.
10814
10815 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
10816 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
10817 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
10818 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
10819
10820 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
10821 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
10822
10823 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
10824 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
10825 in systemd now.
10826
10827 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
10828 ID on the command line.
10829
10830 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
10831 for an init system.
10832
10833 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
10834 vt100.
10835
10836 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
10837
10838 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
10839 components now have directories of their own.
10840
10841 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
10842
10843 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
10844 container in other hierarchies.
10845
10846 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
10847 system.conf.
10848
10849 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
10850
10851 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
10852 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
10853
10854 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
10855 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
10856
10857 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
10858 locally generated journal files.
10859
10860 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
10861
10862 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
10863
10864 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
10865 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
10866 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
10867 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
10868 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
10869 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
10870 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10871 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
10872 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
10873 Gundersen
10874
10875 CHANGES WITH 44:
10876
10877 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10878
10879 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
10880 KVM or container configured UUID.
10881
10882 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
10883
10884 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
10885
10886 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
10887 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
10888
10889 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
10890
10891 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
10892 folks
10893
10894 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
10895 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
10896 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
10897
10898 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
10899 configuration
10900
10901 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
10902 free fashion
10903
10904 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
10905 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
10906 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
10907 automatically generated data.
10908
10909 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
10910 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
10911 however.
10912
10913 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
10914 tarball.
10915
10916 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
10917 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
10918 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
10919 Reding
10920
10921 CHANGES WITH 43:
10922
10923 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10924
10925 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
10926
10927 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
10928
10929 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
10930 normal user logins.
10931
10932 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
10933 Biebl
10934
10935 CHANGES WITH 42:
10936
10937 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
10938
10939 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
10940 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
10941 xsltproc.
10942
10943 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
10944 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
10945 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
10946
10947 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
10948 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
10949 reboot can automatically be triggered.
10950
10951 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
10952
10953 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
10954 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10955 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
10956
10957 CHANGES WITH 41:
10958
10959 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
10960 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
10961 package update.
10962
10963 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
10964 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
10965 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
10966
10967 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
10968 complete.
10969
10970 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
10971 understood to set system wide environment variables
10972 dynamically at boot.
10973
10974 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
10975
10976 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
10977 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
10978 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
10979 files.
10980
10981 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10982 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
10983 William Douglas
10984
10985 CHANGES WITH 40:
10986
10987 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10988
10989 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
10990 "Result" D-Bus property.
10991
10992 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
10993 the next few releases.)
10994
10995 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
10996 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
10997 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
10998 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
10999
11000 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
11001 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
11002 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
11003
11004 CHANGES WITH 39:
11005
11006 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
11007 bugfixes.
11008
11009 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
11010 resource usage.
11011
11012 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
11013 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
11014 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
11015 journals by the respective users.
11016
11017 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
11018 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
11019 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
11020
11021 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
11022 client for all entries.
11023
11024 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
11025
11026 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
11027 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
11028
11029 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
11030 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
11031 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
11032 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
11033
11034 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
11035 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
11036 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
11037
11038 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
11039 journal along with meta data.
11040
11041 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
11042 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
11043 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
11044
11045 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
11046 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
11047 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
11048
11049 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
11050
11051 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
11052 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
11053 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
11054 or fsck.
11055
11056 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
11057 requested with new -k switch.
11058
11059 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11060 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
11061
11062 CHANGES WITH 38:
11063
11064 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
11065 bugfixes.
11066
11067 * The git repository moved to:
11068 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
11069 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
11070
11071 * First release with the journal
11072 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
11073
11074 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
11075 systemd-stdout-bridge.
11076
11077 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
11078
11079 * Many systemadm clean-ups
11080
11081 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
11082 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
11083 remote mounts.
11084
11085 * Added Mageia support
11086
11087 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
11088
11089 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
11090 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
11091 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
11092 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
11093 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
11094
11095 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
11096 of existing distributions.
11097
11098 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
11099 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
11100
11101 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
11102 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
11103 boot.
11104
11105 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
11106
11107 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
11108 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
11109 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
11110 among other things.
11111
11112 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
11113 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
11114
11115 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
11116
11117 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
11118 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
11119 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
11120
11121 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
11122 restored.
11123
11124 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
11125 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
11126 kmod
11127
11128 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
11129 of /usr/local by default.
11130
11131 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
11132 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
11133 in:
11134 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
11135
11136 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
11137 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
11138 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
11139 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
11140 supported anyway, and bad style).
11141
11142 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
11143 reloading of units together.
11144
11145 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
11146 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
11147 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
11148 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
11149 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek